高二英语Unit2 News media知识点总复习教案
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. Which of the news media above is the most reliable 以上的新闻媒体中哪一种最可靠 (p.9 Warming Up Ex. 1)
reliable adj. 可信赖的；可依靠的；确定的 ① They are reliable friends. 他们是可信赖的朋友。② Is this product reliable 这种产品的质量可靠吗 ③ Is the source of the information reliable 那个消息的来源可靠吗
【链接】 reliably adv. 可靠地；确实地 / reliability n. 可靠性；可信赖性 / rely vi. 依赖，依靠 (与on连用，相当于depend on) ① We can't rely on her for help. 我们不可指望她的帮助。② I rely on her to pay back the money. = I rely on her paying back the money. 我相信她会还钱。③ You may rely on it that he will come to meet you. 你放心好了，他会来接你的。
2. How do you know whether what you hear, see or read is true 你怎么知道你听见、看见或读到的东西是不是真的 (p.9 Warming Up Ex. 3)
whether引起宾语从句，作know的宾语，what引起主语从句，作宾语从句的主语。
【辨析】what；which
(1) what相当于all that，the thing(s)that，the place that，the person that等，表示从不定数目或不定数量的事物中做出选择。(2) which表示从已知的、确定的范围中做出选择。(3) which可引导从句，而what则不可。① What shoes are you going to wear 你要穿什么鞋 ② Which shoes shall I wear, the red ones or the brown ones 我该穿哪双鞋，是红色的还是棕色的 ③ What train are you going by (说话人只是询问火车的时间，而对可乘的火车没有任何概念) 你要乘几点的火车 ④ Which train are you going by (说话人脑海里有几趟可乘的火车) 你要乘哪趟火车
【注意】以下句子中常用what。① What season do you like best 你最喜欢什么季节 ② What day of the week is today 今天星期几
3. The man was fired. 那人被开除了。(p.10 Listening 1)
fire的动词用法
(1) 解雇，开除 (=dismiss, 反义词: employ, take on)
The company fired him for not coming to work on time. 那公司因他不按时来上班而解雇了他。
(2) 点燃，燃烧 It is difficult to fire wet twigs. 湿的小树枝很难点燃。
(3) (以……为目标)发射(枪、弹等) He fired his gun at the big snake. 他开枪打那条大蛇。
(4) 激发(人、感情等)，使充满热情 The story fired his imagination. 这故事激发了他的想像力。
4. The man faced difficulties. 此人面对困难。(p.10 Listening 2)
1) face 的动词用法 (1) vt. & vi. 面对，面向 ① The building faces the park. 那座建筑物面对着公园。② -- How does this house face -- It faces (to) the east. — 这房子面朝哪边 — 朝东边。(2) vt. 面临(困难等)，应付，面对；(危险、困难等)迫近 ① We must face our trouble and bear it. 我们必须正视我们的困难并勇于承受。② Such was the situation we were facing. 这就是我们面临的局势。③ Sooner or later he'll have to face being on his own. 迟早他将不得不面对只靠自己的局面。④ The difficulty that faces us today is one of supplying food to those in need. 我们今天面临的困难就是向急需的人提供食品。
【短语】be faced with 面临，面对 / face up to 面对；承担 / face the music 接受 (不愉快的后果或情况) ① I was faced with a new problem. 我面临一个新问题。② She couldn't face up to the fact that she was no longer young. 她无法面对自己不再年轻的事实。③ The boy was caught cheating in the examination and had to face the music. 那个男孩被发现考试作弊，不得不接受处罚。
2) difficulty表示“难，困难”时用作不可数名词，表示“难题，难事”时用作可数名词。如: ① I had great difficulty (in) doing the work. 我做那件工作感到很吃力。② She learned to speak French without difficulty. 她毫无困难地学会了讲法语。③ We will face many difficulties in the future. 将来我们要面临许多难题。
5. The man was generous. 此人很慷慨。(p.10 Listening 7)
generous adj. 慷慨的；大方的；宽容的；豁达的；丰富的，丰盛的 ① Your uncle is very generous to buy you that car for your birthday. 你叔叔真慷慨，买那部汽车祝贺你的生日。② He is generous with his money. 他出手大
方。③ It was very generous of you to forgive her. 你能原谅她实在是够宽容的。④ He gave me a generous lunch. 他请我吃了一顿丰盛的午餐。⑤ There will be a generous harvest this year. 今年会有大丰收。
【链接】generously adv. 慷慨地; generosity n. 慷慨大方
6. Below is a list of ten things that happened today. 以下列出了今天发生的十件事。(p.10 Speaking 第1行)
本句为倒装句，正常语序应为：A list of ten things...is below. below 看作副词，表示方位。当表示方位的状语或表语位于句首时，句子采用全部倒装的结构，即把谓语动词的所有组成部分都移到主语之前这类作状语或表语的词常见的有：away，down，in，off，out，over，up，above，below，here，there 及介词短语与分词。如：① To the list may be added the following names. 在这个名单上还可以添上下列人员。② Here is a seat for you. 这儿有你的一个座位。③ There goes the bell! 铃响了。④ The door opened and in came Mr. Smith. 门开了，史密斯先生走了进来。⑤ Away ran the prisoner. 这犯人跑了。⑥ In the front of the lecture hall sits a professor. 报告厅的前面坐着一位教授。⑦ Written on the blackboard are the names of those who were late yesterday. 黑板上写着昨天迟到的人的名字。⑧ Sitting in the front are the leaders of our school. 前面就坐的是我们学校的领导。
【注意】如果作主语的是人称代词，则不用倒装。如：① In he came and the lesson began. 他走进来开始上课。② Here he comes. 他来了。
7. Food prices are going up. 食品价格在上涨。(p.10 Speaking)
go up 此处相当于rise，increase，意为“上升，增长，提高”。如: ① The temperature has gone up. 温度上升了。② The goods have gone up in quality, but have not gone up in price. 这些货物的质量提高了，可是价格没提。
【拓展】go up 还可意为“上升，攀登；向(河的等)上游而去，沿(街)而去；响起，被听见；被炸毁”。如: ① The lift went up to the fourth floor. 电梯升到了四楼。② There is a path going up to the mountain top. 有条小路通到山顶。③ The boat was going up the river. 船正在河上逆流而上。④ The children were going up the street. 孩子们正沿着街走去。⑤ A cheer went up in the hall. 大厅里响起一阵欢呼声。⑥ The enemy gas tank received a direct hit and went up in a huge explosion. 敌人的汽油库遭到直接命中，在剧烈的爆炸声中被毁掉。
8. Two men robbed a bank in Shanghai. 两个人抢劫了上海的一家银行。(p.10 Speaking)
rob 意为“抢，抢劫”，用于如下结构: rob sb. / a place (of sth.) 从某人／某地抢走 (某物) ① They robbed her of all her money. 他们抢走了她所有的钱。② She was robbed of her necklace. 她的项链被抢走了。③ Thieves robbed the bank of thousands of dollars. 小偷们抢了银行数千美元。
【辨析】rob；steal；pick
rob用于rob sb. / a place of sth. 的结构。 steal用于steal sth. (偷某物)。 pick用于pick one's pocket(掏腰包)的固定搭配。
【提示】rob sb. / a place of sth. 在变为被动结构时，只能说：Sb. / A place is robbed of sth.，不能说：Sth. is robbed。
9. A house in your town burned down. Nobody was injured. 你所在的城镇里有一所房子烧毁了。没有人受伤。(p.10 Speaking)
burn down意为“烧毁；使烧毁”。如: ① The woodshed was burnt down in half an hour. 半个小时小木屋就烧毁了。② These houses were burnt down (to the ground)by the enemy. 这些房子被敌人烧毁了。
【拓展】burn down 也可表示“由于燃料烧尽而火力渐弱”。The fire is burning down，get some more coal please. 火力在减弱，请再拿些煤来。
【比较】burn up 意为“烧尽，烧光”“(火，炉等)烧起
来，旺起来”。如: ① He threw the letter into the stove and it burnt up in a few seconds. 他把信丢进炉子，几秒钟时间信就烧掉了。② Put some wood on the fire and make it
burn up. 添些木柴把火烧旺。
【提示】burn down 强调破坏性，burn up 强调动作的
结果。
【辨析】injure；wound；hurt；harm；destroy；damage
(1) injure指意外伤害或事故造成的伤害，有危及功能和发展之意。Several children were injured in the accident.好几个孩子在那次事故中受伤。
(2) wound一般指刀伤、枪伤、战场上受伤，也可指对感情的伤害。① He got wounded in the battle. 他在战斗中受伤。② Her words wounded him badly. 她的话严重伤害了他。
(3) hurt指精神或肉体上的“创伤，伤害”，作不及物动词时，意为“疼”，其过去分词不能作定语。① His words hurt me / my feelings. 他的话伤了我／我的感情。② He fell and hurt his leg. 他掉下来伤了腿。③ My shoes are s0 tight that my feet hurt. 鞋太紧，我的脚疼。
(4) harm一般指伤害有生命的东西，常指伤及一个人的健康、权利、事业等。① Smoking seriously harmed his health. 吸烟严重损害了他的健康。② They had their hearing harmed by the loud noise of machines. 他们的听力被机器的巨大噪音所损害。
(5) destroy指通过某种有力的或粗暴的手段使之毁灭或无用，一般不能或很难修复，有时可用于比喻意义。① The earthquake destroyed the whole city. 地震毁了整个城市。② All his hopes were destroyed by her letter of refusal. 他所有的希望都被她的拒绝信毁了。
(6) damage主要指对价值和功能的破坏，多用于无生命的东西，一般还可修复。① Her heart was slightly damaged as a result of the disease. 由于生病，她的心脏轻微受损。② They managed to repair the house that had been damaged. 他们设法修复了受到破坏的房屋。
【注意】wound与injure可构成如下形式: the wounded 伤员; twenty wounded 二十个伤员; the injured (因事故造成的) 受伤者
Section Ⅱ 阅读
10. Experienced editors and reporters make informed decisions about what events to report, how to report them. 有经验的编辑和记者对于该报道什么事件，如何报道做出明智的决定。(p.11 Reading第一段第1行)
informed adj. 明智的；有知识的；了解情况的 ① He is a well-informed man. 他是个消息灵通的人。② You should keep us informed whenever you are in trouble. 一有麻烦你就应该告知我们。
【链接】inform 的用法: inform sb. of sth. 告知某人某事; inform sb. that / wh... 告知某人…; inform sb. + 疑问词 + 不定式; ① I informed her mother of her safe arrival. 我通知她母亲她已平安到达。② We were informed that a big fire had broken out in the next town. 我们获知邻镇发生大火灾。③ His letter informed us how and when he was expected to arrive in Beijing. 他的来信通知了我们他预定来北京的时间和搭乘的交通工具。④ He will inform us where to go. 他会告知我们该去什么地方。
11. They also make sere that readers can relate to the stories. 他们还确保读者能与报道内容相关。(p.11 Reading 第一段 第2行)
relate vi. & vt. (和……)相关；涉及；把……与……关联起来 ① How on earth do his remarks relate to what we are discussing now 他的评论和我们现在讨论的事究竟有什么关系呢 ② I think we may relate these two acci- dents to his carelessness. 我们可以把这两个事故与他的 疏忽联系起来。③ The two men just can't relate to each other. 那两个人怎么也合不来。
【注意】relate常与to搭配。
【 链接】related adj. 有关系的, 相关的；亲戚的 / relation n.关系; 亲戚 / relative adj. 相关的，关于……的; n.亲戚
12. The two reporters agreed to switch roles for once and be the interviewees rather than interviewers in order to let us know about their work and how the news we read is made. 为了让我们了解他们的工作以及我们读到的新闻是如何制作与写作的，两位记者同意转换一次角色，充当被采访者而不是采访者。(p.11 Reading第一段 第4行)
(1) for once = just for once = for this once = this once 就这(那)一次 ① For once you are right. 只有这一次你是对的。② For once, at least, it's not my fault. 起码这一次不是我的错。③ Do let me stay up later tonight, mummy — just for this once. 就让我今晚上晚睡吧，妈妈 — 就这一次。
【链接】all at once 突然；同时 / once and for all 永远的；一劳永逸的 / once in a while 偶尔 / once more (again) 再一次 / once upon a time 从前(用于开始讲故事)
【比较】 once 意为“一次；曾经一度”。① I will help you once but then you must do it by yourself. 我会帮你一次以后你必须自己做。② We once lived in San Francisco. 我们曾在旧金山住过。
(2) rather than 此处相当于and not，意为“而不是”。如: ① The colour seems green rather than blue. 颜色好像是绿色，而不是蓝色。② They were screaming rather than singing. 他们在尖叫，而不是在唱歌。③ It is better to ask for help at the beginning rather than to wait until a busy period when everyone is rushed off their feet. 最好在开始工作时就去请求帮助，而不要等到大家都忙得不可开交时，再去找人帮忙。④ She telephoned rather than wrote. 她打了电话而没写信。
【注意】rather than连接并列结构
【提示】rather than 连接两个主语时，谓语动词的单复数与前一个保持一致。He rather than you is to blame. 是他而不是你该受到责备。
【拓展】rather than 还可用于以下情况：
(1) 表示两种说法的正确程度，意为“与其说，倒不如说”。He is an artist rather than a philosopher. 与其说他是位哲学家，不如说他是位艺术家。
(2) 表示主观上选择。主句表示喜欢做的事(主句中常含有would，prefer，like等)，rather than部分则表示不喜欢做的事。① I would die with my head high rather than live with knees bent. 我宁愿昂着头死，也不愿跪着生。② Rather than go there I'd prefer to stay here on my own. 我宁愿自己呆在这里，也不去那里。
13. For long and important articles, for example, a feature story, the editor will tell me how I should develop the story. 对于重要的长篇文章，例如一个特别报导，编辑会告诉我该如何阐述。(p.11 Reading ‘Zhu Lin’ 第3行)
develop 在本句中意为“阐述、详述”，也可翻译为“(逐步)展开”。① We should develop our argument point by point. 我们应该逐步展开论点。② Please try to develop the idea more fully. 请将该意见更详细地说明一下。
【拓展】develop 还可意为“发展、开发、养成、揭露、显示、冲洗”等。① His business developed quickly. 他的事业迅速发展起来。② We need to develop solar energy even further. 我们需要进一步开发太阳能。③ I developed the habit of eating between meals. 我养成了吃零食的习惯。④ His investigation developed several new facts. 他的调查揭露了若干新的事实。⑤ Please develop these films immediately. 请马上冲洗这些胶卷。
14. After the interview，the reporter must present the material in an organized way and make sure that the article reflects events and opinions truthfully. 采访以后，记者必须有条理地呈现材料，并确保所写的文章真实地反映事件及看法。(p.11 Reading ‘Chen Ying’第5行)
(1) present vt. 呈现；描述；介绍；赠送 ① The mayor presented the prizes in person. 市长亲自颁奖。② The principal presented a diploma to each of the graduates. = The principal presented each of the graduates with a diploma. 校长把毕业证书授予每一位毕业生。③ I presented the letter of introduction to the receptionist. 我把介绍信呈给接待员。④ The forced agreement will present problems later. 那项强制达成的协议日后将会发生问题。⑤ They presented flowers to their teacher. 他们给老师送了鲜花。
【链接】present adj. 在场的，出席 n. 礼物 / presence n. 在场，出席
(2) reflect vt. 反映；表现；反射；映出；反省 (vi.) ① Her severe look reflected how she really felt. 她那冷峻的神情反映出她心中的真正感受。② The letter reflected her sorrow. 那封信显露出她的悲伤。③ Her face was reflected in the mirror. 她的脸映现在镜子中。④ Mirrors reflect light. 镜子能反射光线。⑤ Please reflect on the matter. 请仔细考虑那件事。⑥ I reflected on possible reasons for my failure. 我仔细考虑导致我失败的种种可能原因。
【链接】reflection n. 反射；反映；思考，沉思 / reflective adj. 反射的；反映的；沉思的
15. My favourite article is one I wrote about the efforts to bring stolen cultural relics back to China. 我最喜欢的文章是我写的一篇关于如何努力把被盗文物带回中国。(p.11 Reading ‘Chen Ying’ 倒数第1行)
(1) one 在句中作表语，起替代作用，以避免重复。如替代的名词为复数，则用复数形式的替代词ones。
① I haven't a pen. Can you lend me one 我没带钢笔，你能借给我一支吗 ② I didn't buy a calculator. They only had expensive ones．我没买计算器，他们只有贵的。
【注意】以上例句中的one替代的是泛指概念的名词，若替代特指概念的名词。则用the one或the ones。① Don't tie it to that old branch. I think it will break. Tie it to the one on the right. 别把它绑在那根老树上，我想它会断的。把它绑在右边的树枝上。② My shoes are similar to the ones you had on yesterday. 我的鞋子与你昨天穿的相似。
【提示】one 只能指代可数名词，若指代不可数名词则用that。The weather today is warmer than that yesterday. 今天的天气比昨天的暖和。
(2) effort [U, C] 努力；艰难的尝试；努力的成果 ① He did it without effort. 他毫不费力地做完那件事。② Getting a high grade requires great effort. 要取得高分需要非常努力。③ All my efforts were in vain. 我的努力全都白费了。
【短语】make an effort 努力，尽力 / spare no effort 不遗余力
16. I like the story because it was the first time that I had written with real passion and because it made me realise that everyone's life is different. 我喜欢这个故事，因为那是我第一次怀着真正的激情写作，也因为它使我意识到每个人的生活都是不同的。(p.12 Reading ‘Zhu Lin’ 第3行)
it was the first time (that)…是固定句式，it也可换成 this 或 that；first 也可换成 second，third 等以表达不同的意义。如: ① This is the fourth time she's rung you in a week. 这是她一周内第四次给你打电话。② It was the second time that he had been out with her alone. 这是第二次他单独跟她外出。
【注意】该句式的that从句中通常用完成时态，在描述过去的事情时，有时用一般过去时。
【提示】当主句为将来时态时，从句的谓语动词要用
现在完成时。① It will be the first time that I haven't been
abroad. 这将是我第一次不呆在国外。② This will be the first time that I have visited China. 这将是我第一次访问中国。
【拓展】the first time 可起从属连词的作用，引起时间状语从句。① The first time (that) I saw her, my heart stopped. 我第一次见到她时，心脏都停止了跳动。② The first time I went to Beijing, I visited the Summer Palace. 我第一次去北京时，游览了颐和园。
17. I want to write about people who you seldom read about, for example people who have AIDS or who are addicted to drugs. 我想写一下那些你很少读过其情况的人，例如患艾滋病或染有毒瘾的人。(p.12 Reading ‘Chen Ying’ 第1行)
(1) read about 意为“读关于……的文章，获悉”。如: ① I read about the accident in the newspaper. 我从报纸上获悉那次事故。② I know it's true, because I read about it in the official report. 我知道那是真的，因为我在官方报告中读过有关它的文章。
【比较】read表示“读，看”，后接读的内容，也可表示“理解，看懂”。① I read a good article in today's paper. 我在今天的报纸上读了一篇好文章。② She could read his thoughts. 她能看出他的心思。③ You can read a guy's character at the first glance. 你第一眼就能看出一个人的性格。④ Silence must not always be read as consent. 不能总是把沉默理解为同意。
【提示】write，tell，know，hear，ask等都存在类似用法上的区别。
(2) addict vt. 使沉溺；使人迷；使醉心 (常用于被动结构be addicted to) ① Don't addict yourself to such foolish things. 不要沉溺于这些愚蠢的事情。② Many students are addicted to computer games. 许多学生迷恋计算机游戏。
18. Their stories must be told if we want to solve difficult social problems and help those who suffer from them. 我们要想解决社会难题并帮助那些为难题所困的人们，就必须把他们的情况说出来。(p.12 Reading ‘Chen Ying’ 第3行)
suffer vi. 受痛苦，受苦难 ① The injured man was still suffering. 那位受伤的男子还在遭受折磨。② His health suffered terribly from heavy drinking. 他的健康因酗酒而严重受损。
【短语】suffer from 苦于……，患……病 ① This area used to suffer from floods. 这一地区过去常遭水灾。② She often suffers from headaches. 她经常头痛。
【拓展】suffer用作及物动词时，意为“遭受，蒙受”。① The city suffered serious damage from the earthquake. 那个城市因地震而遭到严重破坏。② The economy of that country has suffered a great loss. 那个国家的经济蒙受了重大损失。
19. We shouldn't ignore what happens even if it is difficult for people to accept some stories. 即使人们很难接受某些报导，我们也不应当不顾发生的事实。(p.12 Reading ‘Chen Ying’ 第4行)
(1) ignore vt. 忽视；不顾；对……装作不知道 ① He ignored my advice. 他忽视了我的忠告。② The driver ignored the traffic light. 那个司机不理会红绿灯。
【链接】ignorance n. 无知；不学无术；不知道 / ignorant adj. 无知的；不学无术的；无教养的
(2) even if (=even though) 即使，纵然 ① Even if I have to sell my house, I'll keep my business going. 即使要卖掉我的房子，我还要继续我的事业。② Even if he is poor, she loves him. 即使他很穷，她还是爱他。
【比较】though意为“尽管”，常用于陈述事实。如: ① Though he is poor, he is satisfied with his situation. 尽管他很穷，但他对他的境况是满意的。② Her first name was Rose, though no one called her that. 她的名字是罗斯，不过没有人这么称呼她。
【链接】 as if (= as though) 好像He treats me as if I were a stranger. 他对待我好像对待陌生人似的。
20. The media can often help solve problems and draw attention to situations where help is needed. 媒体能经常帮助解决问题，关注需要帮助的局面。(p.12 Reading ‘Chen Ying’ 第二段 第1行)
(1) draw attention to 对……加以注意，把注意力吸引到……上来。① Her cry drew our attention to the running car. 她的喊叫声把我们的注意力吸引到那辆行驶的汽车上。② He drew attention to the rising unemployment. 失业率日渐升高引起他的注意。
【提示】draw one's attention 中的draw也可换成catch或attract。Her sweet voice attracted / caught / drew our attention. 她甜美的声音引起了我们的注意。
【拓展】 pay attention to 注意; devote one's attention to 专心于; call attention to 唤起对……的注意; turn attention to 将注意力转向……; fix one's attention on 将注意力集中于……① You should pay attention to doing the experiment. 做这个实验你必须多加注意。② Lenin devoted much attention to training party leaders from among the workers. 列宁很注意从工人当中培养党的领导人。③ Before close I must call your attention to a problem we have to face. 在结束前，我必须让你们注意一个我们必须面对的问题。④ During the year, the government turned its attention to improving agriculture. 这一年，政府把注意力转向改善农业上。⑤ You must fix your attention on what the teacher is saying. 你必须集中注意力听讲。
【注意】以上短语中的to都是介词，后面不用动词原形。
(2) situations 后面由 where 引起了定语从句，表示处于某种局面或形势下。where引起的定语从句除修饰地点外，也可修饰situation，case，point等。
21. The result is a better understanding of the world on all sides, leading to a future world where people from all countries are respected and different views and opinions are tolerated. 结果就是在各方面对世界有更好的理解，从而产生一个来自各国的人民都受到尊重、不同观点与意见都能容忍的未来世界。(p.12 Reading ‘Chen Ying’ 第二段 倒数第3行)
(1) understanding 用作不可数名词，有时与不定冠词连用，意为“理解，了解；理解力；共识” 等。如: ①He has a clear understanding of the situation. 他对情况了解得很清楚。② The problem is beyond my understanding. 这个问题超过了我的理解力。③ We have reached an understanding with them. 我们跟他们达成了共识。
(2) on all sides (=on every side) 在各方面，到处 ① On all sides there was great enthusiasm over his speech. 对他的演讲各方面都抱有极大的热情。② On every side we have heard approval of his plan. 我们到处听到对他的计划的赞同。
【拓展】from all sides 从四面八方 / on one's side 在某人一边，支持某人 / take sides(with) 偏向一边，站在……一边 / side by side 肩并肩
(3) leading to... 为状语，表示结果。① The child slipped and fell down, hitting his head against the door. 那孩子滑了一跤，头碰到了门上。② Fifteen million trees had been blown down by the high winds, blocking roads, paths and railway lines. 大风刮倒了1,500万棵树，阻塞了大小道路和铁路线。
【注意】现在分词作结果状语时表示必然的结果，而不定式作状语表示出乎意料的结果。One day 1 went shopping and came back to find my front wheel missing. 有一天我去买东西，回来时发现我的车前轮不见了。
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
22. Nine out of ten housewives who were interviewed about the product said they liked it. 关于这种产品，在接受采访的家庭主妇中十分之九的都说喜欢。(p.14 Grammar Ex.3 No.3)
out of 意为“从(某个数)之中”，也可换成in。如: ① Choose one out of these ten. 从这十个当中选择一个。② He is safe from danger (in) nine cases out of ten. 十之八九他是安全的。
【拓展】 out of 还可表示如下意义：(1) 从…的内部，从……到外 Don't look out of the window. 不要向窗外看。(2) 在……的范围外 ① He is out of sight. 他在看不到的地方。② He lives a few miles out of the city. 他住在离市区数英里之外的地方。(3) 因……原因，出于I did it for her out of friendship. 我出于友好为她做那事。(4) (状态)从……离开 ① Your coat is out of fashion. 你的外套过时了。② The riot is out of control. 暴动已经失控。
23. And I like the way the fans look up to them. 而且我很喜欢球迷们对他们表达敬意的方式。(p.14 Grammar Ex.5 第二段 第3行)
(1) the way后面的句子是定语从句，此处省略了引导词that或in which，它们在从句中作状语。
(2) look up to 意为“尊敬，钦佩”，相当于admire，respect。① We look up to the old worker as our teacher. 我们把这位老工人尊为我们的老师。② This old man is looked up to by everybody. 这位老干部受到众人的尊敬。
24. Out many of them still think soccer is boring. 但他们许多人认为足球很无聊。(p.14 Grammar Ex.5 第二段 倒数第1行)
bore vt. 烦扰，使厌烦 ① The long speech bored us all. 那冗长的演讲使我们都感到厌烦。② Are you bored with my story 我的话使你感到厌烦吗 ③ He always bores her with the same story. (= by telling...) 他总是重复同样的故事，使她觉得厌烦。
【注意】bore通常跟with连用。
【比较】boring 令人厌烦的; bored 感到厌烦的
25. Americans will fall in love with this game too. 美国人也会爱上这种运动。(p.14 Grammar Ex.5 第三段 第2行)
fall in love with 爱上……(表动作，不延续) ① I fell in love with her at first sight. 我对她一见钟情。② She fell in love with the house as soon as she saw it. 一见到那所房子她就喜欢上了。
【比较】be in love (with) 意为“相爱，喜欢”，表示延续状态。① He had never been in love before. 他以前从没恋爱过。② If you're really in love with art, you don't mind hard work. 如果你真的喜欢艺术．你就不会介意吃苦。
26. A small group of fewer than a hundred people caused trouble for workers at our city's most successful company today. 不足一百人的一小群人今天在我们市办事办得最成功的公司给工人造成了麻烦。(p.15 Integrating Skills 第一图 第1行)
(1) fewer than 少于，不足(修饰复数名词)
【链接】less than少于，不足(修饰不可数名词) ; more than多于，超过(修饰复数名词或不可数名词)
(2) cause trouble (for) (给……)带来麻烦或烦恼
【链接】ask / look for trouble 自找麻烦，自寻烦恼; be in trouble 处于困境，有麻烦; get into trouble 陷于困境; make trouble 惹麻烦; put a person to trouble 给某人添麻烦; take trouble to do 费神做……，不辞劳苦地做
27. Brave and strong, the activists talked to workers outside the factory and left a positive message about protecting the earth. 勇敢而又强壮的行动者在工厂外与工人们进行了交谈并留下了有关保护地球的积极性宣言。(p.15 Integrating Skills 第二图 第3行)
brave and strong 是形容词作方式状语。再如: Stone- faced, the captain ordered to reduce speed. 船长面无表情地下达了减速的命令。
【拓展】形容词或形容词短语还可在句中充当以下状
语成分。
(1) 原因状语 Too nervous to reply, he stared at the floor. 他紧张地不能回答，只是凝视着地板。
(2) 时间状语 Ripe, these apples are sweet. 这些苹果熟了的时候是很甜的。
(3) 条件状语 Fresh from the oven，rolls are delicious. 面包卷如果是刚出炉的。则会很香。
(4) 句子状语(对句子内容加以评注) ①Strange to say，he did pass his exam after all. 说来奇怪，他竟然通过了考试。② More important，he's got a steady job. 更重要的是，他得到了一份稳定的工作。
28. Do your supporting sentences focus on the main idea 你那些提供证据的句子是针对主题思想的吗 (p.16 Tips 第3点行)
focus vt. & vi. 集中(注意、关心)于……，集中注意力(与on连用) ① We must focus our attention on urgent problems. 我们必须把注意力集中在紧迫的问题上。② All eyes were focused on him. 所有目光都集中到他身上。③ He found it hard to focus on one thing for longer than five minutes. 他发现很难集中注意一件事在5分钟以上。
【链接】focus 也可用作名词，意为“焦距；(兴趣、活动等的)中心”。① Please adjust the focus of the telescope. 请调节望远镜的焦距。② He is the focus of attention. 他是人们注意的焦点。
【单元语法】
1. 过去分词作定语和表语
1) 过去分词作定语 单个过去分词作定语时常放在被修饰词前，过去分词短语作定语时应放在被修饰词之后。
如: ① I bought some painted chairs. 我买了几把油漆好的椅子。② Everybody attended the meeting held last week. 所有的人都参加了上星期举行的会议。
【注意】
(1) 过去分词修饰something，everything，anything，nothing，somebody，nobody等不定代词或不定代词those时，要放在这些词的后面。① He is one of those invited. 他是那些被邀请的人之一。② Nothing reported (in the newspaper) interested him. 报纸上报导的事没有一样让他感兴趣。
(2)单个的过去分词有时置于名词后作定语。如: The experience gained is very useful. 获取的经验很有用。
(3) 有些过去分词作前置定语与后置定语时意义不同。如: in the given time 在既定的时间内; with the words given 用所给的单词; a wanted person 被通缉的人; workers wanted 招聘工人; a concerned look 关切的神情; the people concerned 有关人士
2)过去分词作表语 ① She looks worried. 她看上去忧心忡忡。② Your article is well written. 你的文章写得很好。
【辨析】过去分词作表语与被动语态的区别。
(1) 用作表语的过去分词，被动意味很弱，主要表示动作的完成和状态，此时相当于一个形容词。如：① The glass is broken. 玻璃破了。② Our classroom is crowded. 我们的教室很拥挤。
(2)被动语态的过去分词，动作意味很强，句子主语为动作的承受者，后常跟by短语。如：① The glass was broken by Jack. 玻璃是杰克打破的。② The windows were closed by Tom last night. 昨天夜里是汤姆关的窗。
【拓展】表示感觉的一些过去分词 (如surprised，disappointed，excited，pleased等)及其他一些 (如dressed，drunk，devoted，lost，known，married， recovered，separated等)过去分词可常用作表语，表示状态，其中有些只表示状态，毫无被动意味。如：① I found that I was lost. 我发现我迷了路。② Those days are past and gone. 那些日子一去不复返了。③ He is dead drunk. 他喝得烂醉。④ The patient is perfectly recovered from his illness. 病人已完全康复。
【注意】过去分词作表语时，系动词除be外，也可用get，become等表示动作，不能延续。如: ① They have been married for five years. 他们结婚五年了。② They got married five years ago. 他们五年前结的婚。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 10高二英语Unit3 Art and architecture知识点总复习教案
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. If you were free to design your own dream house, what would that house look like 如果你可以随意设计你自己的梦中之家，那么那房子是个什么样子呢 (p. 17 Warming Up Ex.2)
(1) be free to do sth. = do sth. freely 随意地或自由地做某事 do sth. as sb. like / please也可以表达相类似的意思。如: ① You are free to do what you like here. 在这儿你可以随意做你喜欢做的事情。② Everyone is free to express himself. 每个人都可以畅所欲言。③ Do as you like, please. 你愿意怎么做就怎么做吧。
【拓展】in one's free time 在某人的空闲时间; free medical care 公费医疗; for free 免费地; free from... 不受…影响的，无…的; free of 摆脱了…的，无…的 ① I have two free evenings this week. 我本星期两个晚上有空。② He agreed to sing for free. 他同意无偿地演唱。③ How we wished to be free from noises! 我们多希望能不受噪音的影响。④ The house was free of mice in the end. 那座房子终于没有老鼠了。
(2) design v. 计划，谋划；设计，构思 ① They designed building / to build a house here. 他们打算在这儿建座房子。② The garden was designed by his daughter. 那座花园是他女儿设计的。③ The land is designed for a park. 这块土地打算用来建公园。
【拓展】design还可作名词，意为“图案；花样；设计；
计划”等。a hopeless design 毫无希望的计划; a beautiful design 美丽的图案; by design 故意地，蓄意地; Did you do it by design or just by accident 你是有意那样做的还是无意的
(3)If you were..., what would... 谓语动词使用了虚拟语气形式，表示对将来的假设。注意在使用虚拟条件句时谓语动词的形式：
从句谓语 主句谓语
过去情况 had done would / could / might have done
现在情况 did / were would / could / might do
将来情况 did / wereshould dowere to do would / could / might do
① If you had taken my advice, you would have finished it earlier. 如果你听从我的建议，你早就完成了。② If I were you, I would go there now. 如果我是你，我现在就会去那儿。③ If I had (should have / were to have) time this weekend, I would go back home. 这个周末要是有时间我就回家了。(可能性不大或没有)
【注意】当主句的主语为第一人称I / we时，情态动词也可使用should。
2. What words and phrases do you think will be useful when you want to talk about art and architecture 当你想谈论艺术和建筑的时候，你认为什么词语是有用的 (p. 17 Warming Up Ex.3)
*该句为混合疑问句句型。特殊疑问词置于句首。该句型前一部分使用倒装语序do you think / suppose / imagine / believe / expect等，后一部分则使用陈述语序。如: ① How much did you say this one cost 你说这一个卖多少钱 ② Where do you think he has gone 你认为他去了什么地方 ③ What do you think is likely to happen 你认为可能会发生什么事
【注意】在这类疑问句中前面的think，suppose等词与后面动词的时态可根据需要来使用， 不要求一定要一致。如: Who do you suppose telephoned this morning 你认为早上是谁打来的电话
3. Amy and Danny want to buy some furniture for their new home. 艾美和丹尼想为他们的新家买新家具。(p. 18 Listening)
furniture为不可数名词，意为“家具”。 a piece / an article of furniture 一件家具 many pieces / articles of furniture 好多件家具
【拓展】furnish vt. 陈设，供应 ① He furnished his house according to his taste. 他按他的爱好布置他自己的房子。② No one in the class could furnish the right answer to the question. 班里没有人能提供出该问题的正确答案。③ I'll furnish you with all you need. 我会提供你所需要的一切。
4. It is also convenient to live close to your work. 靠近你的工作单位住也方便。(p. 18 Speaking)
(1) 该句中it为形式主语，to live...为句子的真正主语。
(2) convenient“方便的”不用来修饰人。常用来指事。be convenient to sb.“对某人来说方便”。其反义词为inconvenient“不方便的”。① Will the 3:50 train be convenient to you 3点50分的火车对你方便吗 ② If it is convenient to you today, please post the letter for me on your way home. 今天如果你方便的话，请你在回家的路上帮我把这封信邮寄出去。
(3) close to 靠近 ① She sat close to me. 她靠近我坐着。② You're too close to the fire. 你离炉火太近。③ It is difficult for them to get close to the roof. 他们很难靠近屋顶。
5. Well, I must say I'd rather live in a traditional sihe- yuan. 依我看，我宁愿住在传统的四合院里。(p. 18 Speaking)
(1) I must say“依我看”用于作评论时。 I must say no one here will believe what you've said. 依我看，这儿没有人会相信你说的话。
(2) would rather 宁愿 would rather (not) do sth. 宁愿(不)做某事; would rather (not) have done 宁愿(没)做过某事; would rather do…than do…宁愿做……也不愿做……; would do…rather than do…宁愿做……也不愿做……① I would rather go there alone. 我宁愿一个人去那儿。② I would rather not have said that. 我宁愿我没说过那话。③ I would rather die than give in. = I would die rather than give in. 我宁愿死也不愿投降。
6. I wouldn't feel happy living in a block of apartments. 住在一座公寓楼里我是不会感到高兴的。(p. 18 Speaking)
句中现在分词短语living in a block of apartments在句中作状语，表示一个非真实的情况和条件；要是我住在一座公寓楼里(实际上我并没有住在公寓楼里)。有了这样一个非真实的条件，所以句中使用动词的虚拟语气(wouldn't feel)。又如: ① Your wife would not be pleased to hear yousay that. 假如你妻子听到你说这话，她不会高兴
的。② The chickens can eat the food that we would otherwise throw away. 这些鸡可以吃掉那些要不然就会扔掉的食物。(用otherwise“要不然”提出了一个与现实相反的假设。)
7. I would miss the garden, and I think an old house is more beautiful. 我会想念那花园的，我觉得一座老房子更好看。(p. 18 Speaking)
(1) would在此句中的用法同上一句，即“要是住在公寓楼里的话，我会想念那花园的。”为虚拟语气用法。
(2) miss思念；错过；未击中，未得到；逃脱，免于
① I miss her terribly. 我非常惦念她。② I missed the first part of the film. 我没能赶上影片的开头部分。③ He missed the ball. 他没接到球。④ He just missed being killed. 他险些遇难。
【提示】
miss表示“逃脱，差点没错过……的机会”时，后面常跟动名词形式。① I don't want to miss seeing that singer at the concert today. 我不想错过在今天的音乐会上见那个歌手的机会。② He narrowly missed falling into the river.
他险些掉进河里去。
8. I can't stand... 我忍受不了…(p. 19 Useful expression)
stand vt. 忍受，经受，承担，忍耐(后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语) ① He can't stand being treated like that. 他忍受不了受到那样的对待。② I can't stand that man；he talks too much. 我忍受不了那个人，他的话太多。③ This color won't stand washing. 这种颜色经不住洗。④ l just couldn't stand this life any more. 我确实再也忍受不了那种生活了。⑤ None of us can stand other people laughing at us. 我们没人会受得了别人的嘲笑。
【拓展】stand 还可以表示“情况(如何)或处于(某种
状态)”。如: ① How do things stand at the moment 目前情况怎样 ② As things now stand, we shall win. 照现在的情况看，我们会赢的。
9. Some modern architecture takes examples from nature. 有些现代建筑是从自然界中模仿来的。(p. 19 Pre-reading Ex.2)
*take 内含“吸收，利用”之意；example则意为“实例，样本”。His designs take examples mainly from flowers and plants. 他设计的图案主要是花卉图样。
【拓展】follow (copy) the example of 以……为榜样; for example 例如; let this be an example to sb. 把这作为给某人的一个警告; set sb. an example 为某人树立榜样; take...for example 以……为例;
*nature 指“大自然，自然界”，其前不能加冠词。① You can't go against nature. 你不能违反自然。② Nature is at its best in spring. 大自然春天最美。
Section Ⅱ 阅读
10. Every great culture in the past had its own ideas of beauty expressed in art and architecture. 过去的每一种伟大的文化或每一个不同的时期都把它自己的美学思想表现在艺术和建筑方面。(p. 19Reading第一段第1行)
该句使用了have sth. done结构，其中过去分词在句中作宾语补足语，表示被动的含义。① I must have my homework finished first before going out to play. 在出去玩之前，我必须先把作业做完。② His car has broken down. He has to have it repaired. 他的车抛锚了。他必须找人修一修。③ He had his foot hurt while playing football. 他在踢球时把脚伤了。④ The old lady has her house cleaned once a week. 那位老妇人每周让人打扫一次房子。
【注意】get sth. done可替换have sth. done表达相同的意思。该结构字面的意思是“使某事被做”，有时可翻译成“请人做某事”(如 ② ④)，有时也可能是自己做某事(如 ①)，有时have则有“遭遇，遭受”之意(如 ③)。
【比较】① I had her type the letter for me. 我让她为我把那封信打出来。(type表示的动作是her发出来的) ② They had the house rebuilt. 他们请人把房子改建了。(the house是rebuilt所表示动作的承受者)
11. Modernism was invented in the 1920s by a group of architects who wanted to change society with buildings that went against people's feeling of beauty. 现代主义是二十世纪二十年代由一群建筑师创造的，他们想用违反人们审美感觉的建筑来改变社会。 (p. 19 Reading 第二段 第1行)
(1) modern adj. 现代的，时髦的; modernism n. (文学、艺术等方面的)现代主义; modernize vt. 使现代化; modernization n. 现代化
(2) in / during the 1920s 在二十世纪二十年代; in / during the 1870s 在十九世纪七十年代
【比较】in 1920 在1920年; in 1870 在1870年
(3) go against 违反，违背(意愿、原则等)；不利于
① I'm not to go against my own family. 我不会背离我自己家人的。② He was afraid that the battle would go against them. 他害怕那场战斗会对他们不利。
12. To many people modern architecture equals pro- gress. 对于很多人来说，现代建筑就等于进步。(p. 19 Reading 第三段 第2行)
equal v. 等于，和……相等，抵得上 ① Three plus seven equals ten. 三加七等于十。② None of us can equal her in strength. 在力气方面我们当中无人能比得上她。
【拓展】equal可作形容词，意为“相等的，平等的”，可用于短语be equal to，意为“等于；相当于；能胜任
的”。如: ① Women demand equal pay for equal work. 妇女们要求同工同酬。② All men are born equal. 所有的人都生而平等。③ Three times two is equal to six. 三乘于二
等于六。④ I'm not equal t0 that task. 我不能胜任这项
任务。
13. Modern buildings impress us because they are huge, but many people do not find them beautiful. 现代建筑物之所以打动我们是因为它们体积庞大，然而很多人并不觉得它们好看。(p. 19 Reading 第四段 第1行)
impress vt. 铭刻，给……极深的印象；使感动
impress...on... 把……印在……上
impress sth. on sb. / impress sb. with sth. 使某人牢记某事
be impressed by / at / with被……所感动
be impressed on one's mind / memory 被印在脑海里，留下很深的印象 ① The words "Made in China" was impressed on a metal plate. “中国制造”的字样印在一块金属板上。② His parents try to impress on him that it is very important to be honest. 他的父母尽力让他记住诚实是很重要的。③ We were deeply impressed by his deeds. 他的事迹使我深受感动。④ What he said that day was deeply impressed on my memory. 他那天说的话深深地印在我的脑海里。
【拓展】impression n. 印象; leave / make a (an) ... impression on sb. 给某人留下……的印象 All that left (made) a lasting impression on him. 所有那一切都给他留下了不可磨灭的印象。
14. Both in the choice of materials and shape of buildings, ancient architecture stands much closer to nature. 在选材方面以及在建筑的形状方面，古代建筑更贴近自然。(p. 20 Reading 第二段 第3行)
(1) in在此表示“在……方面”。 ① Although it is small in size, it is heavy in weight. 尽管它体积小但重量重。② He has made great progress in English recently. 最近他英语进步很大。
(2) stand在该句中意为“处于某种状态(或境地)”。如: ① He stands first on the honour list. 他在光荣榜上名列第一。② The matter stands this. 事情就是这样。③ The thermometer stood at 20oC. 温度计读数是20摄氏度。
15. Antonio Gaudi, a Spanish architect, was the first to understand that. 一个西班牙建筑师安东尼奥·高迪是第一个明白这一点的人。(p. 20 Reading 第三段 第3行)
序数词 (+ n.)之后常用不定式作定语。如: ① He is always the first (one) to come and the last (one) to leave. 他总是第一个来，最后一个走。② China was the first country to make paper. 中国是第一个造纸国家。
16. Most of Gaudi's works were constructed in and around Barcelona. 高迪设计的大多数作品都建在巴塞罗那市内和市外。(p. 20 Reading 第三段 第8行)
(1) work意为“著作，作品”，为可数名词。如: ① The new opera is a fine work. 这部新歌剧是一部杰作。② He is a great writer, and his works are mostly well received. 他是一位伟大作家，他的作品大多都很受欢迎。③ He brought out a small work. 他出版了一部小部头的著作。
【拓展】work (n.) 作“工作”讲时为不可数名词 (其同义词job为可数名词)；works可表示“工厂”之意，其单复数相同。An iron works is being built nearby. 附近正在
建一座铁厂。
(2) in and around 在……内部和周围 ① In the past, there were a great many trees in and around the village. 过去，村里村外有很多的树木。② We didn't find any shop in or around the school. 在校内以及在学校周围我们都没能找到一家商店。
17. Looking at the architecture by Gaudi is like a dream, full of fantastic colours and shapes. 看高迪的建筑就像是梦幻，充满了奇异色彩和形状。(p. 20 Reading 第三段 倒数第2行)
looking at the architecture为动名词短语，在句中作主语。full of...为形容词短语作定语，相当于一个定语从句 which is full of...。
【提示】be full of 充满……的，装满……的(表状态) / be filled with 装满……的(既可表状态又可表动作) / fill... with...把……装满……① Her eyes were full of tears. 她的眼里饱含着泪水。② The hall was filled with angry people. 大厅里满是愤怒的人们。③ He filled each of the stockings with Christmas presents. 他把每只长袜塞满圣诞节礼物。
18. Despite the fact that he used traditional materials, Gaudi was a modern architect. 尽管使用传统的材料，高迪仍是一位现代派建筑师。(p. 20 Reading 第四段 第1行)
despite prep. (= in spite of) 尽管，不顾 (有某种情况) ① He came to the meeting despite his serious illness. 尽管病得很重，他还是来参加了会议。② Despite advanced years, I'm learning to drive. 虽然年事已高，我还是要学开车。③ He remained modest despite his great achievements. 尽管成就巨大，他仍然保持谦虚。
19. Frank Lloyd Wright, who built an art museum in New York, found himself inspired by Japanese Seashells. 弗兰克·劳埃德·赖特在纽约建造了一家艺术博物馆，他发现日本的海贝壳使自己受到了启发。(p. 20 Reading 第四段 第3行)
(1) find oneself...“发现自己(处于某种状态)，不自觉地……”其后可以接现在分词、过去分词、介词短语等。① He found himself more and more interested in her. 他发现自己对她越来越感兴趣。② He found himself walking in the direction of the school. 他不自觉地朝着学校走去。③ Then he found himself surrounded by a group of boys. 他发现自己被一群男孩子围着。④ Suddenly I found myself face to face with my boss. 突然我发现自己与我的老板面对面。⑤ She found herself out of condition that day. 她发现自己那一天身体不太好。
(2) inspired为inspire的过去分词，在此修饰found的宾语himself，表示被动的含义。
20. Seen from the top, it looks as if the stadium is covered by a gray net of steel, and it looks just like a bird's nest made of tree branches. 从顶部看，体育馆好像是覆盖着一张灰色的钢网，看起来正像是用树枝搭成的鸟窝。(p. 20 Reading 第五段 第2行)
(1) see “看”，由其构成的过去分词短语在句中作状语，它与句子的主语it (the stadium) 存在被动关系。又如: ① Seen from the top of the hill, the city looks very beautiful. 从山顶看，这座城市看起来很美。② Followed by a group of students, the professor entered the lab. 教授由一群学生陪着走进了实验室。③ Heated, water will turn into vapor. 水受热就会变成水蒸气。④ Inspired by what he said, we were determined to study harder. 在他的话的鼓舞下，我们决心去更加努力地学习。⑤ Given more time, we could have done it better. 如果给我们的时间多一点，我们会做得更好。
【比较】现在分词短语作状语时，该分词所表示的动作是主句的主语发出来的，即它与主语间存在着主动关系。① Not knowing his address, I can't write to him. 由于不知道他的地址，我无法给他写信。② Looking out of the window, I saw my head teacher talking with someone．我向窗外望去，看见我的班主任在与人谈话。
(2) made of tree branches=which is made of tree branches 在句中作定语修饰nest。又如: ① Many people like reading books (which were) written by Lu Xun. 许多人喜欢读鲁迅写的书。② The power station (which was) built last year is a big one. 去年建的那座发电站很大。
(3) branch n. 树枝，支流，支线；(学科)分科，部门
a branch of the river 河的一条支流; a branch of science 一门科学; a branch of the union 工会的支部; a branch railway 铁路支线; a branch office 分局
21. Birds fill up the spaces between the branches of their nests with soft materials. 鸟儿用松软的材料在树枝间建筑鸟巢。(p. 20 Reading 第五段第2行)
1) filled up with soft materials 在此为过去分词短语作宾语the spaces的补足语。该句中使用了get sth. done结构
2) fill up
(1) (=fill in) 填写 fill up the form填表
(2) 盛满，装满，占据(时间) ① fill up the bottle (=fill the bottle up) 把瓶子装满 ② I filled the room up with furniture. 我把房间里装满了家具。③ Homework fills up almost all my spare time every day. 每天家庭作业几乎占据了我所有的业余时间。
(3) fill up也用作不及物动词词组，意为“变得满起来，淤积”。① The theatre filled up soon. 剧院里很快就坐满了人。② The room soon filled up with people. 房间里很快就挤满了人。③ The river would soon fill up with mud if not dealt with properly. 如果不妥善处理的话，这条河很快就会积满了淤泥。
3) space“太空，空间”常作不可数名词，但在表示物体之间的“间隙，空白处，空地，间隔，距离” 时可作可数名词。① Travel through space is not a dream today. 航天旅行在今天已不是梦想。② They found a parking space near the museum. 他们在博物馆附近找到了一个停车的地方。③ There are trees on either side of the street for a space of one mile. 街道两旁都有长达一英里的树木。④ The advertisement took lots of space. 那个广告占了很大的版面。
22. Why do some people think modern buildings look unnatural, and why do they experience them as cold and unfriendly 为什么一些人认为现代建筑物看起来不自然 为什么他们觉得它们给人一种冷漠、不友善的感觉 (p. 21 Post-reading 第五段 Ex.5)
(1) experience 经历，感受，感到 ① He experienced a strong feeling of sadness. 他感到极度的悲哀。② It was the first time that he had experienced the sense of beauty. 那是他第一次感受到那种美感。③ He experienced two world wars. 他经历过两次世界大战。
(2) experience...as感到……是……，其中as后可跟形容词、分词，表示“是……样子”。如: ① She experienced Mary as very lovely. 她认为玛丽很可爱。② He experiences me as being lacking in humor. 他给我的印象是缺乏幽默感。③ The theory is experienced as very advanced. 此理论被认为非常先进。
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
23. It is usually difficult to find other companies to move into the old buildings, because the floor plan — the size and the number of halls — doesn't fit their company. 想找其他的公司搬入这些老式楼房里通常是很难的，因为楼层的设计 — 大小和大厅的数量 — 不适合他们的公司。(p. 23 Integrating Skill 第一段 第2行)
fit v. 适合，适宜，对……符合；合体，合身 ① The music fits my mood. 这音乐适合我的心情。② This jacket fits (me) well. 这件夹克很合(我的)身。③ It doesn't fit the facts. 这不符合事实。
【拓展】fit 作及物动词，可表示“安装”；作形容词，可意为“适合的，得当的，相称的”。fit a new lock on the door 在门上安把新锁; fit on 试穿; fit in with 适应，与…处得融洽; fit sb. fo... 使某人能适合或胜任…; fit sth. to... 使…与…相符合／适合; be fit for... 胜任，适合……
24. Often, these buildings are pulled down after having stood empty without use for many years. 这些楼房经常是在闲置多年后被拆掉。(p. 23 Integrating Skill 第一段 第4行)
(1) pull down拉下(遮帘等)；拆毁，拆掉(建筑物等) ① Shall I pull down the blinds 我可以放下百叶窗吗 ② The old houses were being pulled down. 那些旧房子正在拆除。
(2) after在该处为介词，其后跟动名词短语作其宾语。其反义词before也与它一样除作连词引导时间状语从句外，还可作介词，后跟名词、代词或动名词。① He liked to play some video games after / before doing his homework. 他喜欢在做完作业之后／前玩些电子游戏。② I'll come after I do (have done) some shopping. 我买些东西后就过来。
(3) stand vi. 后跟形容词时表示“处于……的状态”。① The door stood open. 门开着。② He stood there still. 他一动也不动地站在那儿。③ These hospitals stand ready for emergency cases. 这些医院随时准备接受急病患者。
25. They are decorated with small round windows that remind you of ships, bent roofs, and twenty-foot high walls of glass that make them special when compared with other architecture from the me period. 它们的装饰有使人联想到轮船的小圆窗，弯曲的屋顶，以及二十英尺高的玻璃墙，这些玻璃墙使它们在与同期的其他建筑相比时与众不同。(p. 23 Integrating Skill 第二段 第6行)
(1) decorate...with... 用…装饰… be decorated with... 装饰有 ① She decorated her room with flowers. 她用鲜花装饰她的房间。② All the walls of her room are decorated with pictures of pop stars. 她房间的每面墙壁上都挂着流行歌星的照片作为装饰。
(2) remind sb. of sth. 提醒某人某事，使某人想起某事remind sb. to do sth. 提醒某人去做某事，使某人想起去做某事 remind sb. + that... 提醒某人…，使某人想起… ① He reminds me of his father. 看到他使我想起了他的父亲。② I reminded him to work hard. 我提醒他要用功。③ She reminded me that I hadn't had breakfast. 她提醒我还没吃早饭。
(3) when compared... 是when they are compared... 的省略形式。compare...with... 把…与…相比; compare ... to... 把……比作; compared to / with...与……相比(可在句中作状语)
don't / can't compare with...不能与……相比，比不上① Compare this sentence with that one, and you'll see the difference. 把这个句子与那个句子比较一下，你就会明白其中的不同了。② One's life is often compared to a candle. 一个人的一生经常被比作蜡烛。③ Compared with the others, you're really lucky. 与其他人相比，你很幸运。④ My handwriting doesn't compare with yours. 我的书写不能和你的相比。
26. The simple style of the buildings and the fact that they are German set them aside as very different from Chinese architecture. 这些建筑的简朴的风格以及它们具有德国特点的这个事实使它们迥异于中国的建筑。(p. 23 Integrating Skill 第二段 倒数第2行)
set aside 把……放在一边，搁置；拨出，留出；不理会，取消 ① He set aside the book and turned off the light. 他把书放在一边关上了灯。② Each week he tried to set aside a few dollars of his salary. 每周他都设法从工资中留出几美元。③ The judge set aside the decision of the lower court. 这位法官取消下级法院的决定。④ He set a11 their offers aside. 他拒绝接受他们所有的提议。
【拓展】aside adv. 到一边，向旁边 ① Move the table aside. 把桌子挪向一边。② He opened the door and stood aside for her to pass. 他打开门站在一边让她过去。
【短语】 aside from 除了；lay aside 存蓄 ① Aside from being fun and good exercise, swimming is a very useful skill. 除了既有趣又是一项很好的运动外，游泳还是一种非常有用的技能。② She had managed to lay aside 100 dollars. 她设法存储了100美元。
27. Old factory buildings have many halls and workshops of different sizes. 旧厂房有很多大小不一的大厅和车间。(p. 23 Integrating Skill 第四段 第1行)
of + n. 常用来表示人或事物所具有的特征或性质，在句中常用来作表语或后置定语。① Coins may be of different sizes, weights, shapes, and of different metals. 硬币的大小、重量、形状与所铸造的金属可能不一样。② Two of his greatest films, "City Lights" and "Modern Times" were of this kind. 他的两部最伟大的影片“城市之光”和“摩登时代”就是这种类型的影片。③ The two boxes are of the same size. 这两个盒子一样大。④ I don't find anything of interest in today's paper. (= interesting) 在今天的报纸上我没见什么有意思的内容。
【归纳】great interest (= very interesting)/value (= very valuable) / help (= very helpful) / importance (= very important) / use (= very useful) / benefit (= very beneficial)
high quality高质量的
28. They like these buildings because the rooms and halls are often very large, which is good for artists who want to make large objects. 他们喜欢这些楼房，因为房间和大厅通常很大，这对于想创造大的物体的艺术家来说很合适。(p. 23 Integrating Skill 最后一段 第3行)
(1) which is good... 为非限制性定语从句，which 所代表的不是前面某一个名词而是the rooms and halls are often very large一句话的内容。又如: ① He is often late for class, which makes his head-teacher very angry. 他经常上课迟到，这使得他的班主任很恼火。② He said that he had just returned from Beijing，which was not true, of course. 他说他刚从北京回来，这当然不是真的。
(2) good在句中意为“合适的，可以的”。又如: It's a good day for hiking. 这真是个远足的好天气。
【拓展】be good for 可作为固定短语来使用，意为“对……有好处；有……用处；对…… (疾病)有效；能出(多少钱)”等。① Taking more exercise is good for you. 多做运动对你有好处。② It's not a good film, but it's good for a laugh. 这不是部好电影，但看了笑一笑还可以。③ This medicine is good for a cold. 这药能治感冒。④ Because he is rich, he is good for ￥100, 000. 他很富有，他能出10万元。
【单元语法】
1. 过去分词作宾语补足语(宾补)
宾语补足语用来补充说明句子的宾语。过去分词作宾补时具下特点：
(1) 过去分词 (done) 常表示动作的完成、状态或动作的全过程。
(2) 宾语与过去分词在逻辑上常存在着被动关系。
(3) 不及物动词的过去分词作宾补时没有被动意味，只表示动作的完成和状态(如例⑨⑩)。① I was glad to see the child well taken care of. 我很高兴地看到孩子受到了很好的照料。② When he arrived, he found all the work finished. 当他到达的时候，他发现所有的工作都做
完了。③ She heard the door shut with a bang. 她听到门咣地一声关上了。④ She felt a great load taken off her mind. 她觉得思想上去掉了一个重担。⑤ He kept the windows shut all the year. 他全年都关着窗户。⑥ He stood up in order to make himself seen by others. 他站了起来，为的是让别人能看见他。⑦ Could you please make yourself known to us 请您向我们做下自我介绍，好吗 ⑧ You must get your article finished before going home. 回家之前，你必须先把文章写完。⑨ When I returned there, I found the bag gone. 当我返回那儿时，我发现包不见了。⑩ We found the village greatly changed. 我们发现村子已发生了巨大变化。
2. 现在分词作宾语补足语(宾补)
现在分词作宾补时，通常表示一个正进行或持续的动作，宾语与宾补在逻辑上存在着主谓关系，即宾补所表示的动作通常是宾语发出来的。当现在分词的被动式 (being done) 作宾补时，它仍表示一个正在进行或持续的动作，但宾语与宾补存在逻辑上的动宾关系(如例③④)。① I saw a boy crying there. 我看到一个男孩在那儿哭。② I'm sorry to have kept you waiting. 对不起，让你久等了。③ I saw the child being beaten by his father. 我看到那孩子正在挨他父亲的打。④ I often watched the ship being loaded. 我常常观看轮船装货。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 9高二英语Unit1 Making a difference知识点总复习教案
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. Genius is one percent inspiration and ninety-nine per- cent perspiration. 天才是百分之一的灵感加百分之九十九的汗水。(p.1 Warming Up 右图上)
(1) genius天才，天资 [U]；有天才的人[C] 如: ① Genius is needed to solve the problem. 解决这个问题需要天才。② Wuthering Heights is one of the most extraordinary books that human genius has ever produced.《呼啸山庄》是人的天赋所创造出的是非凡的作品之一。③ Shakespeare was a genius. 莎士比亚是个天才。
【短语】have a genius for... 在……方面有天赋。如: ① She has a genius for mathematics. 她有数学天赋。② Your mother has a genius for managing such things. 你母亲在管理这些事情上很有天赋。
(2) percent = per cent百分之…… 如: ① Ten percent of the pupils are absent today. 今天有10%的学生缺席。② Fifty percent of the work has been finished. 50%的工作已经完成。③ I think it's ninety percent probable. 我想有90%的可能。
【注意】用percent构成的短语作主语时，谓语动词应根据of后的名词确定。
【拓展】per 意为“每……”。如: per day 每天 / per week 每周 / per pound 每镑 / per person 每人
2. It takes a very unusual mind to undertake the analy- sis of the obvious. 分析明显存在的事物要非凡的头脑。(p.1 Warming Up 左图下)
(1) mind表示“脑子，心(思)；有某类头脑的人”时是可数名词。如: ① He doesn't have a particularly complex mind. 他的头脑并不特别复杂。② He is the greatest mind of our time. 他是我们这个时代最有头脑的人。③ Great minds generally look at life in a way peculiar to themselves. 智者通常以他们独特的方式看待生活。
(2) undertake着手做，从事，承担(undertook, under- taken) ① We can undertake the work for the time being. 暂时我们可以着手做这项工作。② She herself undertook the preparation of the room. 她亲自布置房间。 ③ He undertook the leadership of the team. 他担负起领导全队的责任。
【拓展】undertake后接动词时需用to do形式。如: ① Next he undertook to pay off Godwin's debts. 接下来他着手偿清戈德温的债务。② He undertook to finish the job by Friday. 他答应在周五前完成这份工作。
【提示】undertake也可接宾语从句，意为“保证”。如: I'll undertake that all the cattle shall grow well. 我保证所有的牲畜都能长得好。
(3) It takes (sb.) sth. to do为固定句式，take意为“花费、需要”。如: ① That night it took him a long while to sleep. 那天晚上他很久没睡着。② It takes two to make a quarrel. (Prov.) 一个巴掌拍不响。(谚) ③ It took unusual courage and determination to break away from his family. 与他的家庭决裂需要非凡的勇气与决心。
【注意】take前也可用具体名词作主语。如: ① Writing books must take a great deal of time. 写书要花很多时间。② That takes some believing. 那事令人难以置信。
3. You cannot teach a man anything; you can only help him find it within himself. Nothing in life is to be feared…only understood. 你不可能把一切都教给一个人，你只能帮助他在自己认知的范围内去发现和了解事物。世上没有可怕的事情，…只有需要了解的事情。(p.1 Warming Up 右图下)
(1)句中的to be feared是不定式作表语，此处采用了be to do的结构，表示“应该、必须”之意。如: ① No one is to leave this building. 谁也不得离开这幢楼房。② The form is to be filled in and returned within three weeks. 请于三周内将表填好并返回。
【拓展】be to do也可表达计划或安排。如: ① Their daughter is to be married soon. 他们的女儿很快就要结婚了。② Who is to question him 该由谁来问他
【提示】be to do 有时可表示“可能性”。如: ① Not a sound was to be heard. 一点儿声音也听不到。② We looked and looked, but the ring was nowhere to be found. 我们找了又找，可这枚戒指在哪儿也找不到。
(2)…only understood是省略形式，补充完整则为"There're only things to be understood"。
4. The great mind was on fire for... 这位智者因……而充满热情。(p.2 Listening Great mind No 2 Ex.1)
on fire本义为“着火”，用于比喻意义为“非常激动，充满热情”。① The house was on fire. 房子着火了。② When I saw he was on fire I knocked him down and rolled him. 看到他身上着火时，我把他推倒在地，让他在地上打滚。③ These students are on fire for what they are learning in the computer class. 这些学生对计算机课上学的东西充满热情。
【拓展】有关fire的短语: catch fire 着火(表动作) / make fire 生火 / light a fire 点一把火 / open fire 开火 / play with fire 玩火 / set...on fire = set fire to...放火烧…/ under fire 受到攻击 /go through fire and water 赴汤蹈火
5. The scientist's name is similar to the English word for... 这位科学家的名字和英语单词……相似。(p.2 Listening Great mind No 2 Ex.2)
for 在本句中表示“(某词)”。如: ① What's the English word for this object 这个物体的英语单词是什么 ② What's the word for "to travel" in French “to travel” 在法语中怎么说
【拓展】for还可表示目的、原因、交换关系、对于、赞成、主张等方面的意义。如: ① He would do anything for her. 他愿意为她做任何事。② She went to France for holiday. 她去法国度假了。③ France is famous for its wines. 法国因其葡萄酒而闻名。④ Forgive me for keeping you waiting. 很抱歉让你等着。⑤ I have no ear for music. 我听不懂音乐。(或：对音乐我一窍不通。) ⑥ It's quite warm for February. 对于二月份来说，天气够暖和的。⑦ Are you for the government or against it 你是支持还是反对政府 ⑧ I followed him for some distance. 我跟着他走了一段路。
6. Decide who will represent each branch, then prepare your role card and let the debate begin! 确定每个学科由谁代表，然后准备角色卡片，开始辩论! (p.2 Speaking 第3行)
1) branch 此处意为“(学科)分科、分支”。如: ① English is a branch of the Germanic family of languages. 英语是日耳曼语系的一个分支。② Mathematics is a branch of science. 数学是一门科学。
【拓展】branch 也可意为“树枝；分支机构；分会；支流；支线”等。如: ① He climbed up the tree and hid among the branches. 他爬上树去，藏在树枝里。② They set up fifty branches throughout the country. 他们在全国各地建立了50个分店(或分会)。③ The river has a lot of branches. 这条河有许多支流。
【提示】branch 也可用作定语: branch stores 分店; branch office 分局; branch railway 铁路支线
2) debate作动词用，意为“辩论，争论，参加辩论”，既可用作及物动词，也可用作不及物动词。如: ① The question of whether war can be abolished has often been debated. 战争能否废除是人们常常争论的一个问题。② They were debating about a foolish question. 他们在争论一个愚蠢的问题。
【注意】debate可用于debate about sth. With sb. 的结构。
【拓展】debate 也可用作名词。如: ① After much debate Harry was chosen captain of the football team. 经过许多辩论以后，哈利被选为足球队长。② After a long debate the bill was passed by the House of Commons. 经过长时间的辩论以后，该议案在下议院通过。
【辨析】debate；argue；discuss；quarrel
(1) debate to argue about sth．usually in an effort to persuade other people 辩论的目的在于说服对方。
(2) argue to present reasons for or against sth.，especially clearly and in proper order条理清楚地提出赞成或反对某事的理由。
(3) discuss to talk about (sth. with sb.) from several points at view 从不同的观点出发，讨论某事。
(4) quarrel have a strong argument 争吵
7. There's no doubt that... 毫无疑问…… (p.2 Useful expression)
该句是固定句式，当doubt前有否定词时，其后用that引导同位语从句；当doubt前无否定词时，即主句为肯定句时，后面用whether引起从句。如: ① There was no doubt that he had been misunderstood. 毫无疑问他被误解了。② There is little doubt that he will succeed. 他肯定能成功。③ There is some doubt whether he is guilty. 他是否有罪，人们还有些怀疑。
【注意】sb. has no / little / some doubt 后接从句时，用法同上。
【提示】There's no doubt后接名词时，需用介词about或of。如: There's no doubt about / of his honesty. 毫无疑问他是诚实的。
【链接】doubt作动词用时，肯定句中可用whether，if，that引起宾语从句，否定句中只能用that。如: ① He doubted whether they would be able to help. 他拿不准他们是否能帮上忙。② I doubt if he's honest. 我怀疑他是否诚实。③ I doubt (that) he will come to the party. 我认为他未必会来参加聚会。④ He never doubted that they would win the game. 他从来不怀疑他们将赢得那场比赛。
Section II 阅读
8. Imagine this: you are twenty-one years old and a promising graduate student at one of the top universities in the world. 想像一下：你已21岁，是世界上一流大学里很有前途的毕业生。(p.3 Reading 第一段 第1行)
(1) promising 是形容词，意为“有前途的，有希望的”。如: ① He is a promising new painter.他是位很有前途的新画家。② The weather looks promising. 天气看来有望好转。③ The wheat crop looks promising. 看来小麦有望获得好收成。
【链接】promise作动词用时，可意为“有希望……，可能会(有)……”，后接名词或不定式。如: ① The rainbow promises fair weather. 彩虹表明将有好天气。② This year promises to be another good one for harvests. 今年看来又是个丰收年。
(2) top用作形容词时意为“顶的；顶上的；最高的；头等的”。如: ① When he studied in Paris, he lived in a small room 0n the top floor. 在巴黎学习时，他住在顶层的一个小房间里。② We should drive at top speed in order to catch up with them. 要赶上他们，我们应以最快速度行驶。③ top officials 最高级官员④ the top news 头条新闻
9. There did not seem much point in working on my PhD — I did not expect to survive that long. 取得博士学位对我来说没有什么意义，我没有期望活那么久。(p.3 Reading 第二段 第1行)
1) There did not seem...是There be句型的变体，类似情况还有: ① There appeared (to be) a war between them. 他们之间似乎有场战争。② There used to be a cinema here before the war. 战前这儿有一座电影院。③ There's sure to be someone in the room. 房间里肯定有人。④ There is said to be a debate among the students about the new rule. 有关这项新规定据说在学生中有一场辩论。⑤ Once upon a time, there lived a man known by the name of Joe. 从前有一个名叫乔的人。⑥ There came a knock at the door. 传来敲门声。⑦ In front of the school gate there stands an old tree. 校门前有一棵老树。⑧ There remains only twenty-eight pounds. 只剩28英镑。
2) There's no point in doing sth. 表示“做某事没有作用或意义”。如: ① There's no point in arguing further. 继续争执下去没有意义。② There's very little point in protesting. It won't help much. 抗议没有什么用，于事无补。
【拓展】point意为“作用，用处，道理，意义”。如: ① What's the point in telling her again 再告诉她有什么用呢 ② I didn't see any point in his speech. 我看不出他的演讲有什么意义。
【短语】come to the point 谈正题，谈主要问题; beside / off the point 不切正题，无关紧要; in point of fact 实际上，事实上; to the point 中肯，切题
3) work on 意为“继续工作”，也可表示“从事于”。如: ① They'll work on till sunset. 他们将继续工作，直到日落。② He's working on a new novel. 他正在写一本新的小说。
【拓展】work 也可意为“影响，激起、努力说服”。如: ① This medicine will work on the affected part. 这药能对患部起作用。② She'll work on him to make him change his mind. 她将努力说明他改变主意。
4) survive的用法回顾
(1) vi. 活下来(没死掉) 如: ① Of those wounded in the battle, only three survived. 战斗中受伤的人中只有3个活下来。② Some animals can survive in the desert on very little water. 有些动物靠很少的水就能在沙漠上存活下来。
(2) vt. (经过……)活下来，幸存 ① Did anyone survive the earthquake 有人在地震中活下来了吗 ② Few birds managed to survive the winter last year. 去年冬天几乎没有鸟儿幸存下来。
(3) vt. 比……活得长 ① The man survived his sister by three years. 那个人比他姐姐多活了3年。② He is survived by his wife and two sons. 他死了，他的妻子和两个儿子还活着。
5)that long中的that相当于so，但语气比so强，译为“那么，如此”。如：① He was that weak he could hardly stand. 他那么虚弱，几乎站不住。② I like him but not that much. 我喜欢他但并不那么喜欢。
【链接】this也有类似用法，译为“这么，这样”。如: ① The table is about this big. 桌子大约这么大。② We have walked this far without stopping. 我们一直不停地走了这么远。
10. Yet two years had gone by and 1 was not that much worse. 然而两年过去了，我并没有那么糟糕。(p.3 Reading 第二段 第2行)
go by 此处表示“(时间)过去”，相当于pass。如: ① Time went by slowly. 时间慢慢地消逝。② Many years have gone by since we first met. 我们初次见面迄今已有好多年了。
【拓展】 go by也可表示“从旁边经过”“(时机等)轻易放过” “依照，遵循” “凭……判断”。如: ① The parade went by us. 游行队伍从我们旁边走过。② Don't let this opportunity go by. 不要放过这一机会。③ You should go by the rules. 你应该照章办事。④ To go by appearance, I would say an is well. 从表面看，我觉得一切都很好。
11. In fact, things were going rather well for me and I had got engaged to a very nice girl, Jane Wilde. 事实上，对我来说事情很顺利，我与一个非常漂亮的女孩简·怀尔德订了婚。(p.3 Reading 第二段 第3行)
1) go well意为“进展顺利”，go是不及物动词，需用副词修饰。如: ① The meeting went badly. 会议进展情况很糟糕。② For the first winter things went smoothly enough. 第一个冬天，情况还算顺利。③ -- How is everything going -- Very well. — 各种情况进展如何 — 很好。
【比较】go也可用作系动词，意为“变得(如何)”，后接形容词作表语，表示情况的变化并非人们所期望
的。如: ① He has gone mad. 他疯了。② Fish soon goes bad in hot weather. 热天鱼很快就坏了。③ She went pale at the news. 听到那个消息，她的脸白了。④ Something has gone wrong with the machine. 机器出毛病了。
2) engage的用法
(1)使订婚 engage sb. to sb. 使某人与某人订婚; be engaged to sb. 与某人订婚(表状态); get engaged to sb. 与某人订婚(表动作) ① John is engaged to Mary. 约翰与玛丽订了婚。② He returned home to learn that his daughter had just got engaged. 他回到家才知道他女儿刚刚订了婚。
【注意】engage与marry的用法相同。
(2) 约定；雇用；使从事(engage oneself) ① She engaged herself to do the work. 她自愿承担这项工作。② She decided to engage a nurse to look after her baby. 她决定雇一个保姆照料她的婴儿。③ -- Can you come 0n Monday
-- No, I'm engaged. — 你星期一能来吗 — 不能，我有事。④ The line is engaged. 占线。
【注意】be engaged in sth. / doing sth. 忙于(做)某事
12. Instead of giving up，Hawking went on with his research, got his PhD and married Jane. Nor did he let the disease stop him from living the kind of life he had always dreamt of. 霍金没有放弃，他继续从事研究，拿到了博士学位并娶了那位姑娘。他也没有让病魔阻止他过上他一直梦想的生活。(p.3 Reading 第三段 第1行)
(1) Nor did he…是倒装句，表示否定意义的状语或表语等位于句首时，句子通常采用倒装结构。如: ① Never did I dream of seeing him in America. 我真没想到会在美国见到他。② The first one wasn't good, and neither was the second. 第一个不好，第二个也不好。③ Never before have so many people come to see him. 以前从没有这么多人来看望他。④ Nowhere could I see him. 我到处都找不到他。⑤ Not a single word did she say. 她一言未发。⑥ By no means should we look down upon the people who are inferior to us. 我们决不应该瞧来起那些地位比我们低的人。⑦ Seldom does he quarrel with others. 他很少与别人争吵。
(2) live the kind of life he had always dreamt of中life后是省去了关系代词that / which的定语从句，live a…life是live后接同源宾语的用法，其他如die，sleep等也有此种用法。如: ① He died a brave death. 他英勇就义。② We slept a sound sleep. 我们睡得很香甜。③ Go to bed and dream a good dream. 上床做个好梦吧。
13. Hawking became famous in the early 1970s, when he and American Roger Penrose made new discoveries about the Big Band and black holes. 霍金在20世纪70年代初成名，那时他和美国的罗杰·彭罗斯做出了有关大爆炸与黑洞的新发现。(p.3 Reading 第四段 第1行)
make可与很多名词构成固定搭配。如: make a study of... 研究……; make a clear explanation 做出清楚的解释; make a search for... 寻找; make a change 改变; make a suggestion 提出建议; make a new start 进行新的开始; make a choice 选择; make a decision 决定; make an answer 回答 (=make a reply); make a speech 演讲; make a mistake 出错; make an apology 道歉; make a trip 旅行; make preparations 准备; make repairs 修理; make tea 泡茶; make the bed(s) 铺床
14. Since then, Hawking has continued to seek answers to questions about the nature of the universe. 从那时起，霍金继续寻求有关宇宙特性的问题的答案。(p.3 Reading 第四段 第2行)
seek (sought，sought) vt. & vi. 寻找，探索，追求，请求 ① Where can we seek shelter from the rain 我们在哪儿找避雨的地方 ② He is going to Canada to seek his fortune. 他要去加拿大发财。③ The reason is not far to seek. 道理很显然。④ I will seek my doctor's advice. 我将征求医生的意见。
【注意】 seek后接动词时用不定式形式。They sought to kill him. 他们企图杀死他。
【短语】seek for 试图获得；hide and seek 捉迷藏 ① We are seeking for a solution to the problem. 我们正在寻找解决问题的办法。② The girls liked to play hide and seek. 那些女孩子喜欢捉迷藏。
15. Readers were pleased and surprised to find that a scientist could write about his work in a way that ordinary people could understand. 看到一位科学家能把他的工作以一种普通人都能明白的方式写出来，读者们感到又高兴又吃惊。(p.3 Reading 第四段 倒数第3行)
(1) pleased意为“感到高兴的”。
【辨析】pleased；pleasant；pleasing；pleasure
pleased 表示某人感到高兴或满意。
pleasant 说明某事令人高兴，侧重外界作用；指人时，表示讨人喜欢。
pleasing 表示讨好的，取悦于人的，强调主观作用。
pleasure 是名词，意为“快乐，愉快”。
① Are you pleased with his answer 你对他的回答满意吗 ② I hope you'll have a pleasant holiday. 希望你过一个愉快的假期。③ He is a very pleasant person. 他很讨人喜欢。④ He tried to be pleasing, but no one would talk to him. 他竭力讨好，但谁也不愿和他说话。⑤ Reading gives me great pleasure. 读书带给我很大的快乐。
(2) in a way that ordinary people could understand 中的that引起定语从句, 并在从句中作宾语, 可以换成which，但不能换成in which。如: ① This is the way that really works. 这才是真正管用的办法。② You can do the experiment in the way that he told you. 你可以用他告诉你的方法做这个实验。
【比较】I don't like the way he speaks to me. 我不喜欢他跟我说话的方式。(way后省略了that或in which，它们在从句中作状语)
16. In the book, Hawking explains both what it means to be a scientist and how science works. 在书中，霍金既解释了当科学家意味着什么, 也解释了科学是如何发挥作用的。(p.3 Reading 第五段 第1行)
1) both…and…连接了两个宾语从句，what引起的宾语从句中，it是形式主语，to be a scientist是真正的主语。
2) work除意为“工作”外，也可表示如下意义。
(1) (机器、器官等)运转，活动 ① The machine works well. 机器运转正常。② My brain doesn't seem to be working today. 今天我的脑子好像不转了。
(2) 起作用；产生影响；行得通 ① The medicine worked. 药物奏效了。② The appeal worked powerfully upon him. 呼吁对他起了强烈的作用。③ This plan won't work. 这个计划行不通。
(3)从事某种职业 She works as a secretary. 她当秘书。
(4)操作，经营 Do you know how to work the machine 你知道怎样操作这台机器吗
17. Scientists, on the other hand, Hawking writes, know that their job is never finished and that even the best theory can turn out to be wrong. 霍金写道，另一方面，科学家们知道他们的工作从来没有完成的时候，也知道甚至最好的理论都有可能证明是错误的。(p.4 Reading 第一段 第1行)
(1) on the other hand 意为“另一方面”，可与on (the) one hand对应使用。如: ① He was praised by his teacher on (the) one hand, but blamed by his friends on the other (hand). 一方面他受到老师表扬，但另一方面，受到朋友的责怪。② On the one hand you accept her presents; on the other，you are rude to the whole family. What really is your attitude to them 一方面你接受她的礼物，另一方面你对她全家又那么粗鲁。你对他们到底是什么态度 ③ He is very clever, but on the other hand, he makes many mistakes. 他很聪明，但另一方面，他出错很多。
【注意】单独使用 on the other hand 时，hand不能省略，与 on the one hand 连用时，可以省略hand。
(2) Hawking writes 在句中看作插入语。如: ① George showed me to the guest-room which, he said，was rarely used. 乔治把我带到客房，他说那个房间很少使用。② They also hoped to find a new continent which they thought existed in the Indian or Pacific Ocean. 他们还希望找到他们认为存在于印度洋或太平洋的一个新大陆。③ I managed to hide my surprise when I answered, because Klieg，you see, was my aunt's pet dog. 我回答这个问题时，设法掩盖了我的惊异，因为，你知道，克莱格是我姑妈的爱犬。
(3) turn out (to be)... 意为“结果(是)” “证明 (是)”“原来(是)”，后接名词或形容词作表语。如: ① Though it looked like rain this morning, it has turned out to be a fine day. 尽管今天早上像是要下雨，但结果天晴了。② The examination turned out (to be) easy. 原来考试并不难。③ Let's see how the weather turns out. 我们看一下天气会是什么情况。
【注意】以上turn out的用法与prove相同。
【拓展】turn out可用于It turns out that...结构。如: ① It turns out that this method does not work well. 结果是这种方法不太管用。② It turned out that he was not an officer. 原来他不是军官。
18. First, they carefully observe what they are interested in. 首先，他们仔细地观察自己感兴趣的东西。(p.4 Reading 第二段 第2行)
observe vt. 观察；察觉到；遵守；庆祝
① He often observes the behaviour of birds. 他经常观察鸟类的行为。② The policeman observed the man open the window. 警察看到那个人打开窗户。③ He observed that it had turned cloudy. 他发觉天已转阴。④ Do they observe Christmas Day in that country 那个国家的人过圣诞节吗 ⑤ Anyone who comes here must observe the rules. 来的人都必须遵守规定。
【注意】observe当“察觉到”讲时，后接不定式作宾补不带to，如例②。
【辨析】observe；watch
(1) 当“观察”讲时，observe相当于watch carefully，尤其用于实验或研究等场合。
(2) observe可意为“察觉到”(see and notice)，watch意为“盯着看”(keep one's eyes fixed on)。
(3) watch 可意为“观看(比赛、电视、电影) 等”，observe 没有此意。
(4)watch 还有“照料”之意，相当于take care of，也可意为“当心”，相当于be careful with，pay attention to，observe没有此意。
① She has observed the stars an her life. 她一生都在观察星星。② They were observed entering the bank at 8:32. 他们被看到在8:32进了银行。③ They watched the games while sitting under the trees. 他们坐在树下看比赛。④ She watched the train until it disappeared from sight. 她一直看着火车消失在视线之外。⑤ I'll watch the baby while you are away. 你不在时由我照料婴儿。⑥ You'd better watch Smith; I think he is a thief. 你最好当心史密斯，我想他是个贼。⑦ Watch that the milk doesn't boil over. 注意别让牛奶煮溢了。⑧ Watch what I do，then do the same. 好好看我怎么做，然后照着做。
19. The scientists test the theory to see if it matches what they have seen…科学家要检验该理论，看它是否跟他们所讲的东西一致…(p.4 Reading 第二段 第3行)
match vt. & vi. (使)相配；(使)相称；使较量；是……的对手 ① The curtains don't match the paint. 窗帘与油漆(颜色)不相配。② These gloves do not match. 这些手套不相配。③ No one can match her in tennis. 在网球方面无人能与她匹敌。④ I'm ready to match my strength with / against yours. 我愿意和你较量一下。
【辨析】match；suit；fit
match 多指大小、色调、形状、性质等方面的搭配。
suit 多指合乎需要、口．味、性格、条件、地位等。
fit 多指大小、形式合适。① Does the time suit you 这个时间对你合适吗 ② No dish suits all tastes. 没有合乎人人口味的菜。③ The new coat fits me well. 这件新衣服我穿着大小合适。④ Try the new key and see if it fits (the keyhole). 试试新配的钥匙，看看是否合适(与锁眼是否吻合)。
20. What is it that Hawking doesn't like about his speech computer 对于他讲话的计算机，霍金不喜欢的是什么 (p.4 Post Reading Ex.2 No.3)
本句为强调句式，是疑问形式的强调句，其变化过程如下: Hawking doesn't like the accent about...→ It is the accent that Hawking doesn't like;
When is it that... / Why is it that... / How is it that... / Who is it that... ① When was it that he moved to America 他是什么时候搬到美国去的 ② Why is it that you look so unhappy 你为什么这么不高兴 ③ How was it that she got lost in such a small place 她怎么会在这么个小地方迷路了呢 ④ Who was it that interviewed you yesterday 昨天到底是谁给你面试的
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
21. It is not necessary to be a great scientist to make a difference in this world。but there are things we can learn from the best minds．对这个世界造成影响的不一定是大科学家，但我们可以从最有智慧的人那儿学到一些东西。(p.7 Integrating Skills 第一段 第1行)
make a difference产生差别，造成影响，起重作用 ① It makes a difference which you choose. 你选择哪一个，事关重大。② Your support will certainly make a difference in our cause. 你的支持当然会在我们的事业中发挥重要作用。
【拓展】difference 前也可用 no，some，much，little等修饰。如: ① It makes no difference to me whether he goes or not. 不管他去或是不去，对我都没有影响。② They say that it doesn't make any difference my being there. 他们说我在那儿不会有什么差别。③ As a day or two makes little difference, we will start together this morning. 因为一两天的时间差别不大，我们要在今上午一起出发。
【注意】make a difference between意为“区分，对……不同对待”。We should make a difference between right and wrong. 我们应该区分对错。
22. Great scientists like Stephen Hawking always want to know more. They are never satisfied with a simple answer and are always looking for new questions. 像史蒂芬·霍金这样的大科学家总是想了解得更多。他们从不满足于一个简单的答案，而是总是在寻找新的问题。(p.7 Integrating Skills 第一段 第3行)
be satisfied with对……表示满足或满意 ① I was not satisfied with the result. 我对那个结果到不满意。② You've done well at school. I'm very satisfied with you. 你在学校干得不错，我对你很满意。
【拓展】be satisfied to do 对做……感到满意 He was satisfied to win the race. 他对赢得赛跑感到满意。
【链接】satisfy vt. 满足，使满意; satisfying = satisfactory adj. 令人满意的; satisfied adj. 感到满意的; satisfaction n. 满足，满意
23. The Italian astronomer Galileo was so curious that used a microscope and a telescope in order to be able to take a closer look at things great and small. 意大利天文学家伽利略·伽利莱如此好奇，所以他使用望远镜和显微镜以便对不论大小事物都能更仔细地观察。(p.7 Integrating Skills 第一段 第4行)
(1) curious adj. 好奇的；好求知的；爱打听隐私的(与about连用) Children are naturally curious about everything around them. 小孩子对周遭的每件事感到好奇是很自然的。
【拓展】be curious + to do 极想做…; be curious + wh-对……有兴趣; It is curious + that... ……是奇怪的 ① I'm curious to know what is written in his letter. 我极想知道他在信中写了些什么。② I'm curious how he will do it. 我很想知道他如何处理那件事。③ It is curious that he should have failed to win the race. 他竟然没赢得比赛，真是奇怪。
【链接】curiously adv. 好奇地；奇怪地 / curiosity n. 好奇心；爱打听他人之事
(2) take a look at 意为“看”，look前可加形容词。如: ① He took another look at himself in the glass. 他又照了照镜子。② Please take a careful look at this mark. 请仔细看看这个标记。
【拓展】take a bath洗澡; take a walk散步; take a rest休息; take a break休息(短暂的); take a trip 旅行; take a photo照相; take an exam参加考试; take a vacation度假; take exercise锻炼; take action采取行动
(3) great and small意为“不管大小”，and连接两个形容词作后置定语，可表示“不管……”之意，常用逗号隔开。如: People, young and old, are all curious about the incident. 不管老幼，人们都对那个事件感到好奇。
24. By asking why，how and what if, curious minds find new ideas and solutions. 通过问为什么，怎样以及倘使……会如何，好奇的头脑找到新的思想与办法。(p.7 Integrating Skills 第一段 第5行)
what if 意为“倘使……将会怎样，即使……又有什么要紧”。如: ① What if aliens should invade the earth 如果有外星人侵袭地球应怎么办 ② What if he gets angry 即使他生气又有什么关系 ③ What if she finds out that you've lost her book 倘若她弄明白你把她的书丢了怎么办
【注意】what if中what可看作what should sb. do (某人该怎么办) 或what does it matter (有什么要紧) 或what would happen (将会如何) 的省略。
25. If knowledge is power, as Sir Francis Bacon wrote in 1597, then perhaps creativity can be described as the ability to use that power. 假如像弗朗西斯·培根爵士在1597年写的名言那样，知识就是力量，那么创造力也许可以被称为使用那种力量的能力。(p.7 Integrating Skills 第二段 第1行)
as Sir Francis Bacon wrote in 1579 是非限制性定语从句，修饰前面的句子，as代指前文的内容，在从句中作wrote的宾语。
【辨析】as；which
(1) as引起的非限制性定语从句位置很灵活，可位于句首、句中或句末，而which引起的非限制性定语从句不能位于句首。
(2) as一般只代表整句话的内容，而which既可指代整句话的内容，也可指代某一个词或词组。
(3) as常常译为“正如，正像”，具有方式意味，而which则暗含因果关系。
(4) as与which都在从句中作成分，即主语或宾语、表语。① She was quite right，as Harry soon discovered. 正如哈利很快就发现的那样，她完全正确。② As everybody knows，Taiwan belongs to China. 大家都知道，台湾属于中国。③ Taiwan, as is known to all, is an inseparable part of China. 正如人人都知道的那样，台湾是中国不可分割的一部分。④ He was late for class, which made the teacher very angry. 他上课迟到了，使得老师很生气。(因迟到而使老师生气，暗含因果关系) ⑤ The deer are farmed for their meat and fur, which are then shipped to many other countries. 养鹿是为了肉和毛皮，这些产品运往许多其
他的国家。
26. When Zhang Heng, the Chinese astronomer and geographer, wanted to draw a map of the heavens, he wasn't satisfied with a simple paper map. 当中国天文学家和地理学家张衡想画一幅天体地图时，他对简单的纸制地图并不满意。(p.7Integrating Skills第二段第4行)
(1) the Chinese astronomer and geographer作同位语。
(2) heavens为heaven的复数，表示“天体，天空”。如: the starry heavens 星空; in the western heavens 在西边的天空
【链接】go to heaven 上天堂，死; a heaven on earth 人间天堂; Good Heavens!【叹】糟了!天啊!呕呀!(表惊愕、哀伤); Heaven knows. 天晓得。
27. We must also believe in what we do, even when others don't. 甚至在别人不相信我们所做的事时，我们也必须对我们自己做的事满怀信心。(p.7 Integrating Skills 第三段 第1行)
believe in意为“相信，信任”。
【辨析】 believe; believe in：believe表示“认为某事或某物属实或正确” “相信某人说的话”。believe in 表示“信任，信仰；相信……的存在”。① I believe his story. 我相信他的故事是真的。② She says she didn't take the money. Do you believe her 她说她没拿那笔钱，你相信(她的话)吗 ③ We believe in our government. 我们信任我们的政府。④ Do you believe in God 你信仰上帝吗 ⑤ I've always believed in being broad-minded. 我总是主张心胸宽广。
28. Scientists must also be intelligent and patient. 科学家也必须有才智和耐心。(p.8 Writing 第3点)
(1) intelligent 有智力的；聪明的；有理性的；理解力强的 ① A dolphin is an intelligent animal. 海豚是有智力的动物。② The girl looks intelligent. 这女孩看起来聪明伶俐。③ That's an intelligent answer. 那是个聪明的回答。
【链接】intelligence n. 聪明；智力；情报 / intelligently adv. 聪明地；理智地
(2) patient adj. 忍耐的；容忍的；有耐心的 (with sb.；of sth.) ① You should be more patient with others. 你应该多容忍他人一些。② He was patient of hardships. 他能忍受苦难。③ These are patient researches. 这些是需要耐性的研究。④ He is a patient worker. 他是个勤快的工人。
【链接】patient n. 病人 / impatient adj. 没有耐心的；不耐烦的 / patience n. 耐心 / patiently adv. 耐心地；能忍受地
【单元语法】
1. 动词不定式: 动词不定式可在句中作主语、宾语、表语、定语、状语、补足语等，但不能作谓语，不定式可有自己的逻辑主语，即for sb. to do。
1) 不定式作主语 ① To do that sort of thing is foolish. 做那种事真是愚蠢。② To know something about English is one thing; to know English is quite another. 懂一点英语是一回事；掌握英语完全是另一回事。
【注意】经常用形式主语it代替不定式置于主语位置，不定式移至句末。It would be better for you to go there. 你还是去好。
2) 不定式作表语 ① To see is to believe. 眼见为实。 ② To live in hearts we leave behind is not to die. 活在活着的人心里就是不死。
【注意】主语是不定式时，表语必须用不定式，而不用-ing形式。
【拓展】不定式作表语时也常用来表示预定要发生的
动作，或未来的可能性或假设。All you have to do is (to) finish the job quickly. 你要干的事就是尽快把这项工作干完。
【提示】当主语部分含有动词do时，作表语的不定式
可以省略to。
3)不定式作宾语 ① Fred didn't have any money, so he decided to look for a job. 弗雷德没有钱了，因此他决定找份工作。② He promised not to tell anyone about it. 他
答应不把这事告诉任何人。
【注意】以下动词只能跟不定式作宾语: afford，agree，ask，decide，demand，expect，fail，help，hope，manage，offer，plan，prepare，pretend，promise，refuse，seem，wish等。
4) 不定式作定语 ① Do you have anything to say 你有什么要说的吗 ② There are a lot of TV sets to choose from. 有许多电视机可供挑选。③ We found a house to live in. 我们找到了一所房子住。
【注意】不定式作定语时，通常与被修饰的名词在动宾关系，所以当不定式的动词不及物时，应加上合适的介词。
【拓展】
(1) 当谓语是一些特定的动词，如find，give，get，have，need，want等，它们后面的名词 (宾语或表语) 可以用不定式修饰。如: ① They gave us a week to think the problem over. 他们给我们一周的时间来仔细考虑这个问题。② Plants need room to spread their roots to get water and to spread their leaves to get sunlight. 植物需要空间来伸展它们的根系，以便获得水分，伸展它们的叶子，以便获得阳光。
(2) 当名词有特定的定语，如 first，last，next，only 等序数词以及形容词的最高级修饰时，其后用不定式修饰。① Betty was the first (girl) to come. 蓓蒂是第一个来的(姑娘)。② He is the only person to know the truth. 他是惟一了解真相的人。③ Frequently, the cheapest place to borrow money in the US is a credit union. 一般地说，在美国借钱，利息最低的地方是信贷会。
(3) 一些要求不定式作宾语的动词转化为名词后，仍可带一个不定式作定语。如agreement, attempt, decision, promise, wish, plan行。如: ① She has a great wish to travel around the world. 她有一个周游世界的强烈愿望。② He must keep the promise to pay within a month. 他必须遵守在一个月之内偿付的允诺。
5)不定式作状语
(1)不定式作目的状语 ① I must leave now to get there on time. 为了按时到达，我必须现在动身。② To see distant objects clear, many people have to wear glasses. 为了能看清远处的物体，许多人不得不戴眼镜。
【注意】作目的状语的不定式前，常加上in order或so as，但so as不能位于句首。He spoke loudly so as to be heard. 他高声说话，以便让人听见。
(2)不定式作结果状语 常用如下结构：so + 形容词／副词 + as to do 如此……以致; such (+形容词) + 名词 + as to do 如此…以致; enough + 名词 + to do 足够……; 名词／形容词／副词 + enough + to do 足够…; too + 形容词／副词 + to do 太…迟到不能…
① He is not so stupid as to do that. 他还没有蠢到做那种事。② I'm not such a fool as to believe that. 我还没有傻到会相信这种事。③ The boy is old enough to go to school. 这孩子到了上学年龄了。④ I'm too tired to walk any further tonight. 今晚我太累了，再也不能往前走啦。
【注意】不定式短语表示结果时，常与only连用，暗示一种“意外的结果”。He went to the seaside only to be drowned. 他去了海滨，结果却溺死在那里。
(3)不定式作原因状语 ① They jumped with joy to hear the news. 听到这个消息，他们高兴得跳了起来。② The children felt happy to be with their parents. 孩子们和父母在一起感到高兴。
(4)不定式作方式状语 (常与as if，as though连用) He raised his hand as if to take off his hat. 他举起手来，像是要把帽子摘掉。
(5)不定式修饰作表语或宾语补足语的形容词。① I'm very glad to see you again. 很高兴又见到你了。② They thought you unwilling to tell the truth. 他们认为你不愿说实施。
【注意】有时不定式可与主语存在动宾关系。如: ① English is not so difficult to learn. 英语并不那么难学。② She is easy to get on with. 她很容易相处。
6)不定式作宾补
(1) 动词 + 宾语 + 带to的动词不定式具有这种用法的动词有：advise，allow，ask，beg，cause，challenge，drive，encourage，expect，forbid，force，hire，intend，invite，order，permit，persuade，remind，require，teach，tell，want，warn等。① She asked me to stay there. 她要我留在那里。② Allow me to introduce Mr. White to you.请允许我向你介绍怀特先生。
(2) 表示见解、看法的动词 + 宾语 + 带to的动词不定式具有这种用法的动词有：believe，consider，declare，discover，feel (认为)，find，imagine，judge，suppose，think，understand等。① We found the rumor to be true. 我们发现这个传闻是真的。② I consider him to have done wrong. 我认为他做错了。
【注意】这类动词后用作宾补的不定式通常是to be或to have done。
(3) 知觉动词 + 宾语 + 不带to的不定式 具有这种用法的动词有：see，notice，watch，look at，observe，hear，listen to，feel等。① I heard the clock tick. 我可以听得到时钟滴滴答答地走着。② I like to listen to the birds sing when I get up early in the morning. 当我清晨早早起来时，我喜欢听鸟儿歌唱。
【注意】被动语态中不定式必须带to。The children were seen to run down the street. 有人看到孩子们沿着街跑了。
(4) 使役动词 + 宾语 + 不带to的不定式具有这种用法的动词有：make，have，1et。① Don't make the children do such heavy work. 别让孩子们干这么重的活。② Shall I have him come here 我要他到这儿来吗
【注意】在被动结构中不定式必须带to，但 have一般不用被动。
【提示】get也是使役动词，但它后面作宾补的不定式
总是带to。I got Mary to lend me some money. 我让玛丽
借给我一些钱。
(5)表示好恶的动词 + 宾语 + 带to的不定式具有这种用法的动词有：dislike，like，prefer，hate，love，want等。① I like people to tell the truth. 我喜欢人们说实话。② Do you prefer me to do the work by myself 你更愿意我独自做这项工作吗
【注意】这类动词通常不用被动。
(6) 动词短语 + 宾语 + 带to的不定式 具有这种用法的词组有：arrange for，ask for，call on，count on，depend on，long for，rely on，wait for等。① I'm waiting for you to reply. 我等着你回答。② You can depend on Jack to help you. 你可以依靠杰克帮你忙。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 12高二英语Unit6 Life in the future知识点总复习教案
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. What will life be like in the future 未来的生活会是什么样子 (p.41 Warming Up)
What ...like “……像什么／怎么样／什么样子 ”，此处like是介词，其宾语是what。如：① What's the weather like there 那儿的天气怎么样 ② What's your teacher like 你老师是怎样一个人
2. What happened to the people on the earth 地球上的人出什么事了 (p.42 Listening Ex.3)
happen to“某人／某物发生了什么事，怎么了”。如：① That autumn something unfortunate happened to my family. 那年秋天，我家发生了一件不幸的事。② What finally happened to the poor boy 这可怜的男孩最后怎么了 ③ What has happened to your leg 你的腿怎么了 ④What has happened to the recorder 录音机怎么了
3. It would be wonderful if (I had more free time)! 假如 (我有更多的自由时间)，那该多好啊! (p.43 Useful expressions)
什么是虚拟语气 虚拟语气表示说话人的主观愿望、猜测、建议或与事实不符的假设等，也可以表示可能性较小或不可能发生的情况，虚拟语气常用于复合句中。上句是一个含有条件状语从句的复合句，主句和从句的谓语动词使用了虚拟语气，表示“与现在事实相反的”一种假设。那么，当说话人想表示“与现在事实相反的”假设时，主句和条件状语从句的谓语动词的“模版形式”是怎样的呢 请观察如下，例如：① If I were you, I wouldn't accept her suggestion. 如果我是你，我不会接受她的建议。② If I knew the answer to the question, I should (would) tell you. 如果我知道问题的答案，我会告诉你的。③ If he were here, he might talk with you. 如果他在这儿，他可能会跟你谈谈的。④ If I didn't do exercise every day, I wouldn't be so strong. 如果我不每天锻炼，我是不会这么强壮的。
Section Ⅱ 阅读
4. One way to catch a glimpse of the future is to examine some of the major trends in contemporary society. 瞥一眼未来是什么样子的办法之一是考察一下当今社会的主要倾向。(p.43 Reading ‘Life in the future’ 第2行)
(1) to catch a glimpse意为“看一眼；瞥见”。在句中作one way的定语；to examine some of the major trends in contemporary society作表语。① I caught a glimpse of our new neighbor. 我只看过一眼我们的新邻居。② I glimpsed her among the crowd. 我瞥见她在人群当中。③ The man glimpsed the thief climbing out of the window. 那人瞥见小偷从窗户爬出来。
(2) major (adj. & n. & vi.)主要的，较大的，主修的；major in主修。如：① The major aim of the air raid was the complete destruction of all means of communica- tions by bombing. 空袭的主要目的是通过轰炸彻底摧毁敌人的通讯设施。② Cities, such as Shanghai, Beijing and Guangzhou are major cities in China. 像上海、北京和广州等城市是中国的主要城市。③ Physics was his major subject in the university. 物理是他大学的主修课。④ He is a history major. 他是主修历史的学生。⑤ He majors in physics. 他主修物理。
5. A good example of how transportation is changing is the new maglev train，which is environmentally friendly, energy-saving and travels at an amazing speed of 430 km／h. 交通工具是如何变化的一个很好的例子就是新兴的磁悬浮火车，这种火车既友好于周围环境，又节能，并且以每小时430公里的惊人速度行驶。(p.43 Reading ‘Transportation’ 第4行)
(1) 句中how transportation is changing (交通工具是如何变化的) 作介词of的宾语从句；which is…and travels…430 km／h是限制性定语从句，其先行词是train。amaze (vt.) 使惊奇，使吃惊；amazing (adj.) 令人惊异的；amazed (人) 惊异的，惊愕的。如：① Her knowledge amazes me. 她的学识令我吃惊。② Visitors were amazed at the achievements of the city during the past ten years. 参观者对这城市过去十年中的成就感到惊奇。③ I was amazed by the news of George's sudden death. 听到乔治突然去世的消息，我感到惊愕。④ What an amazing painting! 多么了不起的一幅油画啊!
(2) at a speed of ...以……的速度 The car is racing at a frightening speed of 200 m／h. 这辆小汽车以每小时200英里的吓人速度飞驰着。
6. Many companies and consumers have already begun reforming the way they do business. 许多公司 和消费者已经开始改革他们之间的交易形式。(p.43 Reading ‘Business’ 第1行)
(1) reforming the way they do business是动名词短语作宾语。动词begin的宾语也可用不定式，可改为…begun to reform the way they do business；they do business作名词way的定语从句。
☆reform ( n. & v.)改革，改进，悔改。如：① The reform and open policy has brought us Chinese people a rich and colourful life. 改革开放的政策给我们中国人民带来了富裕和丰富多彩的生活。② We must reform the outdated rules and regulations. 我们必须改革那些过时的规章制度。③ He promised to reform if given another chance. 他答应只要再给他一次机会就一定悔改。
(2) 名词way(方法)后面的定语从句的关系词可用that代替in which，也可以如上句一样不用任何关系词。再如：① They way(that／in which)you're doing is completely crazy. 你这么干法，简直是发疯了。② I liked the way(that／in which)she organized the meeting. 我喜欢她组织会议的方法。
【拓展】
in this／that／the way中的介词常可省略；way后既可跟“带to的动词不定式”结构作其定语，也可跟“of + -ing”结构作其定语，两者之间没有多大的区别；另外，不要混淆in the way(挡道)，on the way (在途中)和by the way(顺便说)。请看如下例句：① I think you're putting it together (in) the wrong way. 我认为你把它装错了。② Do it any way you like. 你爱怎么干就怎么干。 ③ There was no way to prove that he stole the money. 没有办法证明他偷了钱。④ There was no way of proving that he stole the money. 没有办法证明他偷了钱。⑤ Please don't stand in the kitchen door – you're in the (my) way. 请别站在厨房门口 — 你挡了我的路。
(3) do business (with…) (与……) 做买卖，做生意，做交易。We're doing a lot of business with foreigners now.现在我们跟外国人的买卖量很大。
7. E-commerce, or business done on the Internet, is becoming more and more popular. 电子商务，或者说在因特网上所进行的贸易，越来越受到人们的青睐。(p.43 Reading ‘Business’ 第2行)
此处or的意思是“或者说，也就是”。注意下面与or搭配的词组：or else ( = otherwise) 否则，要不然；or so大约；or rather或者说，更准确地说；or sb. (sth.／sp.)或者其他什么人(其他什么东西，其他什么地方)。如：① This medicine, or rather drug, has a violent effect. 这种药品，或者说麻醉剂，有强烈的效果。② Hurry up, or (else) you'll miss the bus. 快点，否则你就赶不上公共汽车了。③ He must pay off the debts or else go to prison. 他必须还清欠债，否则就得去坐牢。④ I'd like twenty or so. 我想要20个左右。 ⑤ I put it in the cupboard or somewhere else. 我把它放到橱柜里，或者其他什么地方。
8. The Internet also makes it easier for companies to keep in touch with customers and companies in other countries. 因特网也使公司和消费者及国外其他公司之间的联系更加容易。(p.44 Reading ‘Business’ 第3行)
(1) it为形式宾语，easier为宾语补足语，真正的宾语是动词不定式复合结构for companies to keep in touch with customers and companies in other countries。词组keep／be in touch with…意为“与……保持联系”；get in touch with ...“和…取得联系”；lose touch with ...“与…失去联系”；out of touch“失去联系，对…生疏”。如：① I still keep in close touch with most of my high school classmates. 我仍然和大部分中学同学保持着紧密的联系。② I'll get in touch with you as soon as I arrive. 我一到达，就跟你联系。③ We've been out of touch with them for ages. 我们好多年没联系了。
(2) 关于动词不定式复合结构：如果不定式的逻辑主语既不是句子的主语，也不是谓语动词的宾语，就要用"for + n.／pron.”作为它的逻辑主语。如：① It is difficult for her to read the book. 她读这本书是困难的。② It's quite necessary for you to give up smoking. 你很有必要戒烟。
【提示】在“It is + adj. + of + n.／pron. + to do”结构中，of前面的形容词一般限于对of后面的名词表示称赞和责备(即此入的品质)的形容词。如：nice, clever, bold, honest, polite, careful, wrong, bad, rude, stupid, silly, careless, foolish, naughty 等。如：① It's clever of you to refuse her. 你拒绝她是明智的。 ② It's cruel of him to kill the cat. 他把那只猫杀死，太残忍了。
9. Instead of just searching a crowded store for basic goods, such as food and clothes, people want to go to a pleasant mall and combine shopping with fun. 人们现在想去的购物商场是令人感到舒服的，并且是寓购物于娱乐中的，而不再是像以前那样，穿梭于拥挤的商店中，寻找着诸如食品和衣物一类的日用品。(p.44 Reading ‘Business’ 第7行)
(1) instead of (= in place of／rather than) prep. 代替，而不是…。如：If you cannot go, he'll go instead of you. 如果你不能去，他愿替你去。
(2) search sb. ／sth. for...搜查，搜索。如：① He searched all the drawers for the missing papers. 他翻了所有的抽屉，找那份丢失的文件。② They searched the man all over for money. 他们搜遍了他的全身找钱。
(3) crowd n. 人群，大量，大批 (the crowd 一般指群众，大众)；crowded adj. 拥挤的，塞满的；
☆crowd vt. & vi. 涌向(某处)，聚集，挤满；
☆crowded with 满是，挤满。如：① He writes all his books for the crowd rather than for specialists. 他的全部作品都是为一般大众所写，而不是为了专家们。 ② There stood a crowd of lookers-on. 那儿站了一群围观的人。③ They crowded into ray room. 他们挤进了我的房间。④ Swimmers crowded the beaches. 游泳者们挤满了海滩。⑤ The office was crowded with people. 办公室里挤满了人。
(4) pleasant adj. (某物／事)令人愉快的，舒适的；please adj. (某人) 高兴的，满足的。如：① We spent a pleasant day in the country. 我们在乡下度过了愉快的一天。② We are very pleased with her decision. 我们对她的决定很满意。
(5) combine…with…把…与…结合起来。如：We should combine theory with practice. 我们应该把理论和实践结合起来。
10. People in the future will be able to enjoy a longer and healthier life and remain active even in old age. 未来的人们将能够更长寿、更健康，即使年龄很大，也会很活跃的。(p.44 Reading ‘Health And Medicine’ 第1行)
remain active为系表结构，remain在此是系动词，意为“保持，依然，仍然，继续”。另外remain也是一个不及物动词，意为“留下，剩余，残存”。It remains to be seen…句型，意为“……还要看情况发展”。如：① I went to the city, but my brother remained at home. 我去了城市，可弟弟留在了家里。② How many weeks will you remain (stay) here 你将在此停留几个星期 ③ He's determined to remain loyal to the team whatever comes his way. 他决心不管发生什么事都忠于球队。④ Peter became a judge but John remained a fisherman. 彼得当了法官，但约翰仍然是个渔民。⑤ The death of the innkeeper still remains a mystery. 客栈老板之死仍然是个谜。⑥ The fact remains to be proved. 事实尚待证明。
11. People now are paying more attention to the importance of a healthy diet and all active life. 人们对于健康饮食和活跃的生活正给予更多的重视。(p.44 Reading ‘Health And Medicine’ 第3行)
attention n. 注意，关心，关注，注意力，(口令)立正! 注意下列搭配；attract／draw／invite one’s attention (to…) 吸引某人注意……；pay attention to 注意，重视，倾听；give (one's) attention to 注意，关心；focus／centre one's attention on 把注意力集中在……。如：① We should pay more attention to state affairs. 我们应该更加关心国家大事。② Give your whole attention to what you are doing. 把全部注意力用于你所做的事。③ Never mind about me. Please focus your attention on the wounded. 不要管我，请关注伤员。④ Attention please, fellow!伙计们，请注意!
12. With a better understanding of the human body, scientists and physicians will be able to cure more diseases. 随着对人体结构的更好地了解，科学家和医生将能够治愈更多的疾病。(p.44 Reading ‘Health And Medicine’ 倒数第3行)
(1) understanding n. 理解，了解，谅解；adj. 富于理解力的，能体谅人的，聪明的。如：① His understanding of English is very good. 他对英语的理解能力很强。② The two parties finally came to (arrived at) an under- standing. 双方最终取得谅解。③ He replied to me with an understanding smile. 他会心地微笑着回答了我。④ My mother is really an under- standing woman. 我妈妈确实是一个通情达理的人。
(2) cure n. & v. 治疗，疗法，对策；治疗 (疾病)，消除。如：① The cats proved to be a good cure for our mouse problem. 最终证实猫是我们解决老鼠问题的好方法。② Aspirin is a wonderful cure for colds. 阿斯
匹林是治感冒的妙药。③ I hope the doctor can cure the pain in my shoulder. 我希望医生能治好我肩上的疼痛。④ Parents try to cure their children of bad habits. 父母试图改掉孩子的恶习。
13. Perhaps more importantly, new discoveries in genetics and biochemistry may lead to changes in the way diseases are cured and medicines are made. 或许更重要的是，遗传党和生化党方面的新发现可能导致疾病治疗和药物制造方法上的改变。(p.44 Reading ‘Health And Medicine’ 倒数第2行)
Perhaps more importantly在句中作状语。
changes in the way “在方法方面的变化”；diseases are cured and medicines are made为两个修饰先行词way的定语从句，省略了关系代词that或in which。词组lead to意为“引起，导致，通向”。如：① The path leads to the village. 这条小路通到那村庄。 ② His carelessness led to the great fire. 他的粗心引起了这场大火。③ Blindly copying others might lead to losses. 盲目搬用别人的东西可能会造成损失。
14. If we learn to accept change and appreciate what is new and different, we will be well-prepared for whatever the future may have in store. 如果我们学会善于接受变化并欣赏新颖而又不同寻常的东西的话，那就等于我们已经充分做好了接受未来给我们储备的任何东西的准备。(p.44 Reading ‘Education and Knowledge’ 倒数第2行)
(1) 句中的what is new and different ( = the thing that is new and different) 作动词appreciate 的宾语从句，what在从句中作主语，what = the thing that。appreciate感激，感谢；鉴赏；欣赏；赏识，珍惜；察觉，意识到。如：① I appreciate your help. 我感谢你的帮助。 ② We greatly appreciate your timely help. 我们非常感谢你们的及时帮助。③ We shall appreciate hearing from you again. 我们恭候你的佳音。 ④ I think that young children often appreciate modern pictures better than anyone else. 我认为小孩对现代图画往往比任何其他人都更有鉴赏力。⑤ We appreciate the danger ahead. 我们意识到危险临头。
【提示】appreciate doing sth. (见例句③)。
(2) 句中的whatever the future may have in store ( = anything that the future may have in store)作介词for的宾语从句，whatever在从句中作have的宾语，whatever = anything that。
(3) 注意prepare的搭配：be (well) prepared for...为……做好了(充分的)准备；be prepared to do sth. 准备好干某事；prepare for为……做准备；prepare oneself for sth. 为……做准备；prepare against准备应付(不好的事情)。如：① We must be prepared for all the unex- pecteded things. 我们要做好各种准备，以防意外。 ② The farmers are preparing the ground for the seeds. 农民们正在整理土地准备播种。③ Working on a part- time job can prepare them for a future career. 做兼职工作可以为他们 将来的事业做好准备。④ Will you help me prepare for the get-together of the old class- mates 你能否帮助我为这次老同学聚会做准备工作
(4) in store贮藏着，保存着，准备着 Who knows what the future has in store for us 谁知道我们将来会怎么样
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
15. For example, we now have e-friends to help us and keep us company. 例如，现在我们有电子朋 友来帮助我们并陪伴我们。(p.47 Integrating Skills 第一段 第2行)
句中的company在此并非“公司”，而是“伴侣；同伴；友谊；交情；陪伴”之义。请注意其如下搭配：keep／bear pany陪伴某人；fall into company with...偶然和……结识；in the company of...在……陪同下；have company有客，招待客人。如：① He kept me company. 他陪伴我。② A man is known by the company he keeps.【谚】与其交友知其为人。③ I had no company on the journey. 我在旅行中没有同伴。 ④ Two's company, three's none. 两人成伴，三人不欢。 ⑤ I'm glad of your company. 有你作陪我很高兴。⑥ I have company this evening. 今晚我有客人要招待。 ⑦ May fair winds company your safe return! 愿和风伴你平安归来。
16. We don't think about the world and reality in the same way you did either. 我们考虑这个世界以及现实的方式也和你们的不一样。(p.47 Integrating Skills 第二段 第1行)
not...either意为“也不”，not in the same way “不以同样的方式”，you did是修饰先行词way的定语从句，did代替thought about。名词reality意为“真实，事实，逼真”，其同根词是real，请注意由reality构成的如下词组：in reality“事实上，实际上，其实”；turn sth. into realities“把……变为现实”；bring sb. back to reality“使某人面对现实，不再抱有幻想”；make sth. a reality“实现某事，落实”。如：① In reality, he is not completely wrong. 实际上，他并非完全错了。② We must make the most of our school time to turn all our dreams into realities. 我们必须充分利用好我们的在校时间，把我们的所有梦想变为现实。③ The failures in his career brought him back to reality. 事业的失败使他回到了现实。
17. In the year 3044, we call see more than just a picture. 在3044年，我们所能看到的不仅仅是一幅图画。(p.47 Integrating Skills 第二段 倒数第2行)
more than的常用搭配有：
(1) more than + 数词／(冠词a／an)+名词 = 超过
(2) more than + 形容词 ＝ 非常，极
(3) more than + 副词 ＝ 太，不只
(4) more than + 分词 ＝ 极，非常
(5) more than + 动词 ＝ 极，非常
(6) more than + 句子 ＝ 超过，难以，非常
如：① The stone weighs more than 10 tons. 这块石头重达10吨多。② They are more than satisfied. 他们极为满意。③ That is more than enough. 那是太多了。 ④ I met him more than once. 我不只一次遇见过他。 ⑤ She more than hesitated to promise that. 她极为犹豫地答应了做那件事情。 ⑥ The beauty of the lake is more than I can describe. 我难以描述这湖的美丽。
1. what等引导名词性从句
在复合句中，有些从句的作用相当于名词，可以充当主语、宾语、表语和同位语，分别称为主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。这些从句统称为名词性从句。引导名词性从句的关连词有：① 连接词that，if，whether；② 连接代词what，which，who，whom，whose；③ 连接副词when，where，why，how；④ 复合代词和复合副词whatever(不论什么时候)，whichever (不论哪一个)，whoever(不论谁)，whenever(不论什么时候)，wherever(不论哪里)，however(不论怎样)。现分述如下：
1)主语从句：在复合句中充当主语。关连词有：连词that，whether；连接代词what，which，who，whom，whose；连接副词when，where，why，how；复合代词和复合副词whatever，whoever等。如：① That he will succeed is certain. 他会成功是肯定的。② Whether he will go there is not known. 还不知道他是否去那里。③ What he said is not true. 他说的话不真实。④ Who broke the window has not been found out. 谁打破了窗户还没有查出来。⑤ How he escaped is still a mystery. 他如何逃脱的仍然是一个谜。⑥ Where he hid the money is to be found out. 他把钱放在什么地方有待查明。⑦ Whom she borrowed the money from still puzzled him. 她从谁那里借钱仍然使他困惑不解。⑧ Whoever comes is welcome. 无论谁来都受欢迎。
【提示】 (1) 有时为了匀称句子，用it代替主语从句，作形式主语，而把主语从句后置。如：It is certain that he will succeed. (2) if不可用来引导主语从句，要用whether。比较：误：If he will write the book is not decided. 正：Whether he will write the book is not decided. (3) who和whoever引导名词性从句在意义上是不尽相同的，who引导的从句表示一个“情况”，或一件“事情”，whoever引导的从句则表示“任何……的人”，whoever = anyone who，因此，Whoever leaves last should turn off the light是正确的，而Who leaves last should turn off the light则是错误的。
2)宾语从句：宾语从句在复合句中充当宾语。注意：除谓语动词之后可接宾语从句外，介词、不定式、分词、动名词以及某些形容词 (如：sure，certain，glad，pleased，afraid，surprised，satisfied等)的后面也可以带宾语从句。根据关连词性质的不同，宾语从句有如下三种类型：
(1) that引导的宾语从句：仅起引导作用，在从句中无句法功能，本身无具体意义，在口语和非正式文体中可省略，不引导介词的宾语从句(except that除外)。如：① He said (that) he was going to study in Canada. 他说他要到加拿大去学习。② I'm certain (that) he is at home now. 我敢肯定他现在在家。③ I'm afraid【提示】
a. 如果谓语动词后带有两个或更多个以that引导的宾语从句，除第一个that外，其余均不可省略，以免引起误解。例如：I forgot (that) my research paper was due on Tuesday and that my teacher had said he would not accept late papers.
b. insist (坚决要求)，suggest (建议)，ask (要求)，demand，order等动词后的宾语从句要用虚拟语气，结构为“should + 动词原形”或省略should，仅用动词原形。
(2) whether或if引导的宾语从句，从句意思为“是否……，能否……”，这里的if从句不可混淆于以if (如果，假如)引导的条件状语从句。如：① He asked if (whether) you have received his letter. 他问你是否收到了他的来信。②This depends on whether he is interested (or not). 这得看他是否感兴趣。
【提示】
a. whether可构成whether...or not或whether or not...结构，在非常不正式的场合下，也可能有if...or not结构，但无if or not...结构。
b. 介词后的宾语从句须用whether引导，不可用if引导。
(3) 连接代词和连接副词引导的宾语从句：连接代诃有：who，whom，whose，what，which；连接副词有：when，where，how，why。如： ① He asked whose handwriting was the best. 他问谁的书法最好。② I'm not interested in what he's saying.我对他说的话不感兴趣。③ I don't know why he didn't come.我不知道他为什么不来。
【提示】
a. 这类宾语从句一律用陈述语序。
b. 若主句的谓语动词是think，expect，believe，guess，imagine，suppose等表示“认为，猜想”的词(注意：无hope)，一般要把宾语从句中的否定词转移到主句中去，即所谓的“否定的转移”。如：应该说I don't think he's right.不能说I think he is not right。
3) 表语从句：在复合句中作表语，一般置于连系动词 (尤其是be) 之后，关联词有：连词that，whether(无if)，as if，as though；连接代词who，whom，whose，what，which；连接副词when，where，how，why等。如：① The question is that we are really short of money. 问题是我们的确是缺钱。② The important thing is what a man does, not what he says. 重要的是一个人所做的，而非他所说的。③ This is why she was angry. 这就是她为什么发火。 ④ It turned out that he was wrong. 结果是他错了。
【提示】It appears／seems that…“似乎……，好像 ……”，It happens that-··“碰巧……，恰好……”，It turns out that...“结果是……，证明是……”等结构中的that从句，通常都看成表语从句。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 7高二英语Unit7 Living with disease知识点总复习教案
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. I can become infected with HIV by swimming in a pool, sitting in a bath.在游泳池里游泳、浴缸里洗澡我会感染艾滋病毒。(p.49 Warming Up ‘AIDS QUIZ’ No.2)
1) infect (1) infect vt.“传染，感染”，常与with连用。如：① The patient infected me with a bad cold. 这病人把重感冒传染给了我。② He infected his wound with disease germs. 他的伤口感染了病菌。
(2) 被动语态be infected with后接“疾病”时，表示“被……感染”；后接“某种思想”时，表示“被…“影响，感化”。如：① The children were an infected with malaria. 孩子们都感染了疟疾。② Be careful not to be infected with flu. 小心别传染上流感。③ When he was in prison, he was infected with all sorts of antisocial ideas. 他在狱中受到各种反动思想的影响。
【拓展】infect sb. with...传染给某人……/ be infected with...被传染上……/ an infected area污染地区/ infect sb. with a theory用理论影响
2) by (1) prep. 表示行为的主语，表示方法、手段或所用的工具，后面可以接动名词作宾语。如：① He makes a living by begging from door to door. 他靠挨门挨户乞讨为生。② A blind man can know what something is like by feeling and touching. 盲人可以通过触摸来 了解某些东西的样子。③ You can make that kind 0f cake by mixing eggs and flour. 把鸡蛋和面粉混合，你就可以做出那种蛋糕。(2) 也可用来引导时间状语，意为“到……时候为止…”“在……时候之前”，句中谓语动词用完成时态。如引导的是过去时间状语，谓语动词用过去完成时；如引导的是将来时间状语，则用将来完成时。如：① By the end of last year, we had learned 1,000 English words.到去年年底为止，我们已学会了1,000个英语单词。② By next Friday, I shall have finished the work. 到下周五，我将完成这项工作。③ Surely Robert must have returned by now.
现在罗伯特肯定已经回来了。
【注意】当谓语动词由be来充当时，多用一般时态。如：By then he was more than fifty years of age. 到那时，他已经五十多岁了。
【拓展】by accident = by chance偶然地 / by means of借助 / 靠by no means绝不，决不 / take...by surprise出其不意 / by oneself单独，独立地 / by the way顺便说 / learn...by heart记熟 / by turns轮流 / by then到那时 / one by one一个一个地 / little by little一点一点地 / by and by不久，过一会儿 / by mistake由于疏忽 / side by side肩并肩 / by far...得多
【辨析】 by；with；in
by通常表示方法或手段，也可以接动名词表示某种手段；/ with表示使用具体的工具；/ in表示所用的原料、材料或途径。如：① The street is lighted by electricity. 街道用电照明。② She saw a strange bird with her own eyes. 她亲眼见到一只怪鸟。③ I filled in an application form in ink. 我用墨水填写的申请表。④ I paid the bill in cash. 我用现金结的账。
【比较】
He likes to write articles in pen／pencil.
He likes to write articles with a pen／pencil.
【注意】在被动语态中，行为者若是无生命的，用by或with均可。如；① The fields are covered by／with snow. 田野被雪覆盖了。② Altogether more than 70 percent of the surface of our planet is covered by water. 地球表面总共有70％多被水覆盖。③ Antarctica is covered with solid thick ice and deep snow. 南极被厚厚的冰雪覆盖。
2. People who have not injected drugs do not need to get tested for HIV. 不注射毒品的人没有必要去做艾滋病毒检测。(p.49 Warming Up ‘AIDS QUIZ’ No.5)
get + 过去分词 (1)“get+过去分词”与“be + 过去分词”用法相近，主要用于 ① 谈论意想不到的、突然的或偶然发生的情况；② 谈论为自己做的事，即自身做的动作而不是被动的动作。如：① I got caught for speeding. 我因超速而被抓住。② Some glasses got broken when we were moving. 我们搬家的时候有些玻璃杯被打碎了。③ Did you get invited to the party 你被邀请参加舞会了吗
【短语】get dressed穿衣 / get washed洗脸 / get lost迷路 / get married结婚 / get charged充电 / get separated被分散 (2) get作为系动词，后面可接 adj.，或 n.，意为“成为……”。如：① It's getting darker and darker outside. 屋外天色变得越来越暗。② You'd better take an umbrella with you if you don't want to get wet. 如果不想被淋湿的话，你最好带把伞。③ The boy is getting (to be) a burden to the family. 这个男孩逐渐成为家里的负担。
【拓展】get about = get around／round = spread (消息)传开; get along／on with... 与……相处，进展; get down to开始，着手做; get in = harvest收获; get off下车; get close to接近; get hold of得到，抓住; get in touch with与……取得联系
3. If I had HIV, I would know because I would feel sick. 如果我得了艾滋病我会知道，因为我会感到难受。(p.49 Warming Up ‘AIDS QUIZ’ No.5)
feel的用法
(1) feel是系动词，表示“感觉起来……”，后接形容词作表语，没有被动形式。如：① -- Are you feeling any better -- Yes，thank you. I feel fine now. －你感觉好点儿吗 －谢谢，我现在觉得很好。② His compliment made her feel good. 他的恭维让她觉得心里很舒服。③I feel sure (=I'm sure) that she will take the job. 我确信她一定会接受那份工作。
【注意】feel well是表示身体上感觉舒服，而feel good是表示精神上的满足，舒服之意。
(2) feel系动词，“摸上去有……的感觉”。如：① A baby's skin feels smooth. 婴儿的皮肤摸起来很光滑。② How cold your hands feel! 你的手怎么这么冰凉。
(3) feel为感官动词，接不定式作宾补时通常省去to，如果to be作宾补时则不省，在被动语态中，宾补的不定式符号to不能省。如：① He felt someone pat him on the shoulder. 他感到有人拍他的肩膀。② They all feel this plan to be important. 他们都感到那个计划很重要。
【辨析】feel like；would like；like
feel like表示“愿意做某事”，后面接动名词；表示“觉得好像，摸起来像……”时，后面要接名词。
would (should) like表示“想要干某事”，后面可接名词或动词不定式。like表示“喜欢做某事”，后面接不定式或动名词。如：① I feel like making a trip to the Great Wall. 我想到长城旅游。② She felt like a princess in that dress. 她穿上那件衣服，感觉自己像个公主。③ I'd like to have a conversation with the patient. 我想跟那个病人谈谈。④ -- What can I do for you －I'd like a cup of tea －要点什么 －来杯茶。⑤ He likes to travel／travelling alone. 他喜欢独自旅行。
【拓展】feel as if／as though觉得好像；feel like doing感觉想做；feel one's way摸索前进；feel for sth. 摸索着找某物；feel oneself感到正常；feel up to觉得适于
4. People who have HIV look different from everyone else. 那些艾滋病毒携带者看上去与其他人不同。(p.49 Warming Up ‘AIDS QUIZ’ No.7)
1) different (1) different adj.“不同的，各式各样的”，可以作表语、定语。如：① They are quite different in their tastes. 他们的品味差异很大。② My opinions are different from yours. 我的意见与你的不同。③ We went to different high schools. 我们分别就读于不同的高中。④ The strange man has a very different way of living. 这个怪人有非常独特的生活方式。(2) 表示“与…不同”用from；“在……方面不同”用in或as to。如：① He thinks differently from me. = His opinion is different from mine．他的想法和我的不同。② He differs from his brother in looks. 他的长相跟几个兄弟不同。③ Japanese differs greatly from French in pronunciation. 日语与法语在发音方面有很大不同。
【拓展】be different from与……不同；differently from与……不同；differ from in／as to在……方面不同；the same as与……相同；be similar to与……相似
2) else (1) else常与疑问词how，what，who，where 等连用，也可与不定代词something，anything，nothing，somebody，anybody，nobody等连用，并置于上述词语之后。如：① Nobody else understands me as well as you
do. 别人没有一个你这样理解我。② It's too crowded here．Let's go somewhere else. 这儿太拥挤了，咱们到别的地方去吧! ③ Would you like anything else to drink 你还要喝点别的什么吗
(2) else的所有格形式是else's。如：① You'll have to borrow someone else's car. I'm using mine. 你得另借别人的汽车，我的车还要用呢。② That must be someone else's coat；it isn't mine. 那一定是另外什么人的外套，不是我的。
(3) else可以与little和(not)much连用。如：① Little else is known about this man's life. 关于此人的生张，别的就知道的很少了。② There is not much else t0 d0 now but wait. 现在除了等待之外，也没有其他的办法。
(4) or else“否则，要不然”，相当于otherwise。① Hurry up, or else you will miss the train. 快一点儿，否则你就赶不上火车了。② You must go there quickly or else you will not be back in time. 你必须快去，否则你就不能及时回来了。
5. It's safe to be friends with people who are living with AIDS. 跟正在忍受艾滋病的人交朋友是安全的。(p.49 Warming Up ‘AIDS QUIZ’ No.8)
1) 这是一个it作形式主语的句型，后面的动词不定式作真正主语。这类结构有：
(1) It is／seems／feels… + adj. + to do sth. ① It's hard to translate this sentence into English. 把这个句子译成英语很难。② It seems easy to deal with him. 跟他打交道好像挺容易。
(2)It's + n. + to do sth. ① It's a mistake to do it in this way. 这样做是错误的。② It's a pleasure to be with you. 跟你在一起很高兴。在这儿见到外真意外!
It's a great surprise to meet you here!
It's very surprising to meet you here!
I'm very surprised to meet you here!
(3) It + 动词短语 + to do sth. ① It needs hard work to finish the job. 做完那项工作需要艰苦劳动。② It requires patience to teach children.教育孩子需要耐心。
(4) 在这类句子结构中，不定式的逻辑主语通常可在特定的情景中看出，也可用介词for或of引出。① It's impossible for him to go alone. 他一个人去不可能。 ② It's kind of you to say so. 谢谢你这样说。
【辨析】It's ... for sb. to do; It's ... of sb. to do
句型It's + adj. + for sb. to do中，it为形式主语，for sb. to do是真正主语，使用这一句型只表明不定式行为的特点，而不表明sb.本身的特点，常见的此类形容词有easy，difficult，hard，important，necessary，expensive，impossible等。句型It's + adj. + of sb. to do中，it为形式主语，of sb. to do是真正主语。使用这一句型意在对sb. 及其所做的行为进行评价，此类形容词有good，kind，nice，wise，wrong，clever，brave，honest等。另外，后一种句型可以进行下列句型转换：It's stupid of you to make such a mistake. = You are stupid to make such a mistake.
而前一种句型则不能这样转换：
It's impossible for him to go alone. 不可能转换为：He is impossible to go alone.
2) live (1) vi. 生存，居住，生活，留在记忆中。① She lost her will to live. 她失去了活下去的意志。② Her voice will live with me until I die. 我至死不会忘记她的声音。③ No ship could live in such a rough sea. 在这样汹涌的大海航行，没有船不沉没。
(2) live with与……一起生活；忍受，忍耐 ① He doesn't live with his parents. 他不和父母住在一起。② You have to learn to live with stress. 你得学会忍受压力。
【拓展】live by靠……为生；live on以……为主食，靠……生活；live through经历过，经过……之后还活着；live off依赖……生活；live up to遵守，不辜负；live out one's dream实现梦想；live and let live宽容别人
6. Medical studies show that the AIDS virus cannot be transmitted via the following routes. 医学研究表明艾滋病毒不通过下列途径传播。(p.49 Warming Up 倒数第2行)
(1) transmit vt. 传染，传导，遗传，发射 ① Parents transmit some of their characteristics to their children. 父母把一些有特有的性格遗传给儿女。② The power developed by the engine is transmitted to the wheels by some parts. 引擎发动的动力通过某些部件传给轮子。③ The revolutionary tradition should be transmitted to the younger generation. 革命传统应该传给下一代。④ Mosquitoes transmit malaria. 蚊子传播疟疾。⑤ She transmitted the message to me. 她传递口信给我。
【注意】发电报英语通常用send，transmit是指operator通过电报机把电码输送发出。
(2) via prep. by way of经由，取……途径 ① We went to London via Siberia. 我们取道西伯利亚到的伦敦。② He sent me a love letter via one of my friends. 他通过我的一个朋友把情书寄给了我。
7. Take notes of what you hear on the tape. 记下你在录音中听到的。(p.50 Listening Part 2 No.1)
take notes of = take a note of也可以说make notes of或make a note of意为“记下，记录”。① Make a note of the title of the books.记下这些书的书名。② He never forgets to make notes for his speech. 他从未忘记在演讲前先拟好草稿。③ The students are busy taking notes in class. 学生们忙着在课堂上做笔记。
【拓展】compare notes交换意见；take note of注意到…；take notice of注意到…；take no notice of没注意到…；without notice不预先通知地； come into notice引起注意
8. Use the role card in the group discussion and try to persuade the other group members that your problem is the most serious one. 在小组讨论中使用任务卡并说服其他组员用你所说的问题是最严重的。(p.50 Speaking)
persuade v.“说服，劝服”，可用于以下结构中：persuade sb. to do sth.；persuade sb. into doing sth.；persuade sb. that-clause；persuade sb. out of doing sth. ① He persuaded her to go／into going with him. 他说服了她和他一块去。 ② I persuaded him out of smoking. 我说服了他戒烟。③ He persuaded me that death does not end all. 他说服了我相信死并不使一切结束。
【注意】如果说而不服或劝而不服，则不能运用persuade。因为它表示已经说服，而且应用try to persuade sb. to do或advise sb．to do。如：① I have never persuaded him to take the job. = Many times I tried to persuade him to take the job, but I failed to. 我始终没有说服他接受这份工作。② I tried to persuade him to do it but he wouldn't. = I advised him to do it but he wouldn't.我设法说服他做但他不肯听。
Section Ⅱ 阅读
9. Born dying出生即面临死亡 (p.51 Reading ‘Title’)
(1) born + adj.／n. 生为……① He was born French, but later took Canadian citizenship. 他生为法国人，但后来取得了加拿大公民身份。② The children are born lucky. 这些孩子生来就很幸运。
(2) be born to do生来就是 She was born to succeed in life. 她生来就注定会成功。
(3) born adj.“天生的，生来就有的”，作定语。She is a born poet. 她是个天生的诗人。
10. Many people who have AIDS manage to survive only a few years after they get the disease. 许多艾滋病人在染病后只能活几年。(p.51 Reading 第二段 第3行)
survive v.
(1)幸好，由……中生还，经历(灾难)之后还活着 ① Only one baby survived the terrible car crash. 在那次可怕的撞车事故中，只有一个婴儿生还。② Few houses in this district have survived after the storm. 本地区暴风雨后残留下来的房子寥寥无几。③ Only a few soldiers survived after the battle. 战斗过后，只有少数士兵活了下来。
(2) vt. 比……长寿，在失去……之后继续活下去 ① The man survived his sister by three years. 那人比他姐多活了3年。 ② The girl survived her parents. 这女孩父母已死。
【注意】survive的名词形式是survival (幸存) 和survivor (幸存者)。
11. For some, medicine can help keep them alive.对于有些病人来说，药物可以帮助维持生命。(p.51 Reading 第二段 第4行)
1) help是动词，后接不定式时to可省略或不省略。① The new policy helped (to) brake the inflation.那项新政策有助于抑制通货膨胀。② Computer-aided instruction will help students (to) learn foreign languages.使用电脑帮助教学有助于学生学习外语。
【注意】help后面所接的动词通常不加to，但British English中有加to的趋势。但被动态中不能省略to。如：
The boy was helped by a woman to collect his scattered coins. 一个妇人帮那男孩拾散乱一地的钱币。
【拓展】can't help doing禁不住；can't help but do不得不做；with the help of 在……的帮助下；help oneself to 随便，自取(食物等)；help sb. out 帮助某人摆脱困境；help sb. with sth．帮助某人做某事；It can't be helped．实在没办法。
2) keep vt. 作“保持，保存，保留”解时，可以接复合宾语，具体如下：
(1)keep sb. ／sth. + adj. ① We must keep our eyes open. 我们必须提高警惕。② We should keep the room clean and tidy. 我们要保持房间整洁。
(2) keep sb. ／sth. + doing ① Don't keep your mother waiting. 别让你妈妈久等。② They kept the fire burning the whole fight. 火整夜不熄。
【拓展】keep a record保持记录；keep back扣留，阻止；keep fit保持身体健康；keep...in mind把……记在心里；keep in touch with与……保持联系；keep off勿踏，勿踩；keep on坚持干，继续前进；keep one's balance保持……平衡；keep...out of不使……入内；keep out of不惹事；keep up保持，维护，继续；keep up with赶上，不落在后面
12. I wish that she were here with me. 我真希望她现在跟我在一起。(p.51 Reading第三段 倒数第2行)
wish后接虚拟语气
“wish+宾语从句”表示不能实现的愿望，汉语可译为“可惜……”“……就好了”“悔不该……” “但愿……”：(1)表示现在不能实现的愿望，从句的谓语动词用过去式；(2)表示将来不能实现的愿望，用“would／could + 动词原形”；(3) 表示过去不能实现的愿望，用had done或could／would have done。如：① I wish it were spring all the year round. ② I wish you could go with us. ③ We wish we had arrived there two hours earlier. ④ I wish I could fly to the moon in a spaceship one day.
【拓展】wish to do sth. 希望做…；wish sb. to do sth. 希望某人做某事；wish sb. sth. 祝某人得到…；wish for...渴望… give one's best wishes to向……表示良好的祝愿
【辨析】wish；hope
(1) wish to do = want to do表示说话者想要做什么，但不去想能实现与否，或以为可能性不大；而hope to do则表示说话人既有此愿，也努力去实现。如I wish = I want to become a doctor和I hope to become a doctor。
(2) wish表示与事实相反的愿望，hope表示未来可能的希望。如：I wish you would do this for me. (但愿你会为我做，但我知道你不愿为我做。) I hope you will do this for me. (希望你会为我做，而且知道你可能会帮助我。)
(3) wish可用来表示祝愿，后接双宾语，而hope不能这样。如：I wish you luck = I hope you will be lucky.
13. …mainly because of a lack of proper health care, prevention and education……主要由于缺乏合适的身体保健、预防和教育 (p.51 Reading 倒数第二段 第3行)
(1) lack n. & v. 缺乏① She showed a lack of humour. 她缺少幽默。② He completely lacked conscience. 他一点良心也没有。③ The project failed due to lack of money. 那项计划因资金不足而失败。④ They are so rich that they lack for nothing. 他们非常富裕，不欠缺什么。
【拓展】for lack of因缺乏……；；have no lack of不缺乏……；lack for nothing一无所缺；be lacking in缺乏
【辨析】lack与shortage
lack是一个通用性名词，意指整体或局部的不足；
shortage在表示局部欠缺方面与lack同义，但它在指固定的、必须的或一般习惯性的总数不足时，比lack所示的不足更甚。
(2) health n. 健康，健康状况 ① Promote physical culture and build up the people's health. 发展体育运动，增强人民体质。 ② Fresh air is good for one's health. 新鲜空气有益健康。
【拓展】lose one's health失去健康；regain one's health恢复健康；be in good／poor health身体健康／不健康；public health公共卫生；drink to one's health为某人的健康干杯；mental health心理卫生健康
14. If I were to live long enough to have a job, I would choose to be a doctor, helping these AIDS patients. 假如我能活到找工作，我会选择当医生，帮助那些艾滋病人。(p.52 Reading 第一段 第3行)
(1)虚拟语气用于条件状语从句中，可以表示与将来事实相反，形式如下：If it were to rain tomorrow, the meeting
would be put off. = If it should rain tomorrow, the meeting would be put off. 如果明天会下雨，会议就会延期。
【注意】当省略条件状语从句中的if时，句子可以用倒装。上句可变为：① Were it to rain tomorrow, the meeting would be put off. ② Should it rain tomorrow，the meeting would be put off.
(2) helping此处是一个现在分词短语作伴随状语。再如：① The students went out into the fields, laughing and talking. 同学们笑着、谈论着走到田野里。② The child fell, striking his head against the door. 孩子摔倒了，头撞在了门上。③ Holding his head high, he walked and passed the pole and the soldiers. 他高昂着头，从那根杆子和士兵面前走过。
15. The disease is not the only thing that AIDS patients suffer from. 病痛并不是艾滋病患者经受的唯一的痛苦。(p.52 Reading 第二段 第1行)
suffer一词的用法
(1) vt. 受苦，患病，遭受损失。如： ① The injured man was still suffering. 那位受伤的男人还在受着折磨。② His health suffered terribly from heavy drinking. 他的健康因豪饮而严重受损。③ The engine suffered severely. 这台引擎受到很大损害。
【注意】suffer for因某事而受罚；suffer from 表示患病。如：He'll suffer for his foolery. 他会因自己的蠢行而受到惩罚。① The city suffered serious damage from the earth- quake. 这个城市因地震而遭到严重破坏。② In the battle, the enemy suffered heavy loss. 战斗中，敌人伤亡惨重。suffer hunger挨饿
(2) vt. 忍受，忍耐(通常用于否定句、疑问句)。如：① I'll no longer suffer this insult. 我不会再忍受这种侮辱了。② I won't suffer such conduct. 我不能容忍这种行为。
16. I wish people would find out the facts. 我希望人们了解实情。(p.52 Reading 第二段 第6行)
find一词的用法
(1) vt. “(偶然)发现，遇见”，没有进行时态。如：
① I found a ten-dollar note on the road.我在路上发现一张10美元的钞票。② I was surprised when I found you in the
bus. 在公共汽车上看到你时我很惊讶。
(2) find sb. sth. = find sth. for sb. 为某人找到某物。如：
① Please find me my key. = Please find my key for me. 请帮我找找我的钥匙。② He'll find you a good job. 他会帮你找个好工作。
(3)find sb. + adj. 发现…为… ① After a long search, we found the boy safe and sound. 经过长久的搜寻，我们发现那个男孩安然无恙。② The jury found the man guilty. 陪审团裁定这人有罪。③ We found him dishonest. 我们觉得他不诚实。
(4) find oneself+宾补“ (不知不觉)中发现自己处于某种境地”。如：① She returned to England to find herself famous. 她回到英国发现自己竟成名了。② When he woke up，he found himself tied to the ground by the little people. 他醒来后，发现自己被小人们绑在了地上。③ Aqiao found herself in a different world. 阿巧发现自己来到了另一个世界。④ At midnight he found himself lying on the wet ground. 午夜时分，他发现自己躺在了湿地上。
我发觉这本书非常有教育意义。
I found the book very instructive.
I found the book to be very instructive.
I found that the book was very instructive.
你会发现他很难相处。
You'll find him difficult go get along with.
You'll find that he is difficult to get along with.
You'll find it difficult to get along with him.
【辨析】 find；find out；look for；discover
find“发现”，指偶然或经过一番经历而发现，与find out；另外还有“找到”的意思，是look for寻找的结果；
find out“查明”，指通过观察、研究或调查，找出原因，查明事实，发现错误、秘密等；
look for“寻找”，强调寻找的动作，而find是找到，强调找到的结果；
discover“发现”，指发现前的未知的事物或现象。如：
① I looked for my watch everywhere and found it at last. 我到处找手表，最后终于找到了。② He was sent to the countryside to find out the situation there. 他被派往农村去了解那儿的情况。③ Do you know who discovered America 你知道谁发现的美洲
17. That is the best way to show that you care. 那是表达你关怀的最好办法。(p.52 Reading 第二段 倒数第2行)
way一词的用法
(1) way n. 指到达目的地所经过的途径，意为“道路，路途”，含义较抽象，常指路的去向，有时还引申为“方法、方式、手段”等。如：① The driver didn't know which way to go. 司机不知往哪儿走。② This is the nearest way to the hotel. 这是去旅馆最近的路。③ I don't like the way you treat your children.我不喜欢你对待孩子的方式。④ Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者，事竞成。
【注意】表达“在公路上，在街道上”，英国人常用in the road／street，美国人常用on the road / street。表达“走路’’时，可说Take this／that way也可说go down／up／along the road。
(2) way n. 方法，做法，手段 ①There are a tot of ways to make friends. 交朋友的方法很多。② The best way to learn English is to go to the countries where the language is spoken. 学英语的最好方法是到讲英语的国家去。③This is the safest way to invest money. 这是最安全投资方法。④The two boys worked out the problem in the same way. 这两个男生是用相同的方法解出这道题的。⑤ -- Can the problem be done in another way -- Yes, it can be done in three different ways. — 这道题可以用另一种方法解吗
— 是的，它可用三种不同的方法解。
【注意】way作“方法，办法”讲时，后面的定语可以用to do或of doing。如：He has a strange way 0f doing things. = He has a strange way to do things.
(3) way作先行词时，定语从句中的关系代词可以用in which，that或省略，省略的形式更为常见。如：① I don't like the way she speaks to you. = I don't like the way in which she speaks to you. = I don't like the way that she speaks to you. 我不喜欢她跟你讲话的态度。② The way they look at problems is quite wrong. = The way in which they look at problems is quite wrong. = The way that they look at problems is quite wrong. 他们看问题的方法不对。
【辨析】 way；road；street；path way “道路”，用法较抽象，因此可引申“方法、方式或手段”；road “公路，马路”，指两地之间能通行人或车辆的大道，用法较具体；street “街道”，指城市、乡镇中两边有建筑物的路段；path “小路，小径”，指由行人在田野林间踩成的道，往往较窄小，蜿蜒曲折，也可指运动的途径轨道。如：① There is much traffic on the road. 公路上车辆很多。② There is a walking street in our city. 学校离我家很远。
【拓展】all the way一直，完全；by the way顺便说；by way of经过；give way让路；in a way某种程度上；in no way决不；no way不可能；in the／one's way妨碍别人；make one's way前往；fight one's way打出一条路；get in one's way妨碍别人；lose one's way迷路；push one's way奋力向前挤；on one's way在途中；find one's way找到路get out of the way走开；under way在进行中；this way and that这样那样；have one's way为所欲为；lead the way领路；in this／that way用这种／那种办法
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
18. Cancer can be treated. 癌症可以治疗。(p.55 Inte- grating Skills 第二段 第1行)
treat一词的用法
(1) treat v. 治疗，医治(病人，疾病等) ① The doctor treated my influenza. 医生治疗我的流感。 ② He treated her for a broken arm. 他为她治疗那条骨折的手臂。③ They treated him with a new drug. 他们用新药医治他的病痛。④ The dentist is treating his tooth. 牙医正在治疗他的牙齿。⑤ His wounds were well treated in the army hospital. 他的伤在陆军医院受到很好的治疗。
【注意】表示“治好某人的某种病”要用cure sb. of sth.。如：① The fresh air on the farm cured me of my headache. 农场的新鲜空气治好了我的头痛。② We have to cure the child of bad habits. 我们必须纠正孩子的坏习惯。③ This medicine will cure your fever in no time. 这种药很快就能治好你的头痛。
(2) treat vt. 对待，把……看作 ① They treated each other like brothers. 他们亲如手足。② Why do you treat the matter as a joke 你为何把这件事当作玩笑呢 ③ She treated me as if I were a child. 她把我当作小孩看待。
【拓展】 “把…当作”的表达方式 regard...as; have...as; look on...as; think of...as; consider...as; treat...as
(3) treat vt. 款待，宴请(某人) ① It's my turn to treat you tonight.今晚轮到我请客。② He treated me to a movie. 他请我看电影。
19. It does not spread from one person to another. 它不会在人和人之间传播。(p.55 Integrating Skills 第二段 倒数第2行)
spread一词的用法
(1) vt. “使伸展，延伸，张开”，常与out连用。如：① I spread a new cloth on the table. 我在餐桌上铺上一条新桌布。② He spread out his arms to welcome us. 他张开手臂欢迎我们。③ The mother spread blanket over the sleeping child．那位母亲摊开毛毯盖在睡着的孩子身上。
(2) vi. (消息等)传开，流传。如：① The news spread through the school very quickly. 消息很快传遍学校。② The fire spread from the factory to the house nearby. 火势从工厂延至附近的房舍。③ The rumour quickly spread through the town. 谣言在镇上传开了。
【注意】spread表示“消息、谣言、知识等的传播”时，是不及物动词，因此没有被动语态形式，且可以用got round／about等替换。如：How did the rumour get about 谣言是怎么传开的
【拓展】spread out传开消息；spread rumors散布谣言；spread like wildfire像野火般传开；spread oneself舒展身体；get about／around／round(消息等)传开
20. They helped me find the strength I needed to recover. 他们帮助我建立康复的信心。(p.55 Integrating Skills 第三段 第4行)
recover vt. 从……中恢复，痊愈 ① I don't think he will recover. 我认为他不会恢复健康。② He has recovered from a cold. 他感冒已痊愈了。③ We haven't yet recovered from the shock. 我们还未从那次打击中恢复过来。④ Has the country recovered from the effect of the war yet 那个国家已从战争的影响中恢复过来了吗
* 他已恢复健康。He recovered from his illness. / He recovered his health. / He was restored to health. / The doctor restored him to health.
【拓展】 recover consciousness 恢复意识；regain health 恢复健康；recover one's sight 恢复视力；recover one's strength 恢复体力；recover from a cold 感冒痊愈；be restored to health 恢复健康；recover oneself 恢复健康，痊愈
21. Living with cancer has made me realise how precious life is and how important it is for us to take every chance to live life to the fullest. 忍受癌症的折磨使我意识到生活多么珍贵，充分享受生活对我们来说是多么重要。(p.55 Integrating Skills 第四段 倒数第6行)
1) precious；precious adj. 贵重的 ① Nothing is more precious than time. 世上最宝贵的莫过于光阴。② Every child is precious to its parents. 每个小孩都是父母的宝贝。③ That beautiful piece of glass is very precious. 那片漂亮的玻璃非常珍贵。
【辨析】precious；valuable；priceless
precious指“价钱和价值很高的，值钱的”，如：precious stones宝古，precious words珍贵的话；
valuable“宝贵的，贵重的，值钱的”，常常指交换价值或使用价值，有时是由于稀有而本身具有相当高的价值。如：He made many valuable discoveries in science. 他在科学上有很多有价值的发现。
priceless用来描述具有不可估量价值的东西。如：Human life is priceless. 人的生命是宝贵的。
2) chance n. & v.
(1) n.“机会，机遇”，用作可数名词。如：① I've been waiting for the chance to speak to her. 我一直在等待和她说话的机会。② It's the chance of lifetime. Don't miss it. 这是千载难逢的机会，别错过了。③ She could have been given a chance to be a manager. 她本来会得到一个当经理的机会的。④ He hopes for a chance to go abroad. 他希望有机会出国。
【拓展】by chance偶然，碰巧；take a chance冒险试一试；by any chance万一；chance on／upon偶然找到；stand a chance of有…的希望；on the chance of指望着；the chances that有可能；leave...to chance将…听天由命
(2) n.“可能性”，用作可数名词或不可数名词。如：
① The chances are a hundred to one against you. 你只有百分之一的成功的可能性。 ② What are the chances that we shall succeed 我们会成功的可能性有多大 ③ I think she has a good chance of winning. 我想她获胜的希望很大。④There is no chance of rain today. = There is no chance that it will rain today. 今天下雨的可能性不大。
【注意】chance后可以跟to do或of doing作宾语。
(3) v.“碰巧”，相当于happen，可以用作chance to do或It chanced that...。如：① I chanced／happened to see him on a bus. 碰巧在车上我碰见他。② It so chanced／happened that I was out when he called. 他来时，我碰巧不在家。
【辨析】chance；occasion；opportunity
chance表示(情理上不一定发生而发生的) “偶然、意外的机会”，含有一时的运气和侥幸的意味，比opportunity具有更大的偶然性。如：Let chance decides. 碰碰运气吧!
occasion“机会、时机”，是从“时刻，时节”的意思发展为“时机或机会”的，常指一般性的机会。如我们和别人谈话的occasion是随处可以有的，如果我们遇到了可以做某件事的occasion，而我们正希望做某件事，那么这个occasion就成了opportunity。
opportunity“机遇，好机会”，是a favourable occasion或a good chance，往往是期待着的occasion或chance。如：Everyone shall have a fair opportunity to make the best of himself.．每个人都应该有追求上进的公平机会。
【单元语法】
2. 主语从句与it
(1)由that引导的主语从句通常用it作形式主语，而将that从句置于句末，在正式文体中that不能省略。如：
① It was obvious that the driver could not control his car. 很明显，司机已经不能控制他的车。② It's quite clear that the crime was done deliberately. 很明显，这是一起蓄意犯罪案。
(2)如果以that从句为主语的句子是疑问句那就只能用it作形式主语。如：① Is it probably that they will come tomorrow 他们有可能明天来吗 ② Is it a well-known fact that the moon has no light of its own 月亮本身不发光这是众所周知的事实吗
【拓展】
It's hoped that人们希望；It's said that据说；It's believed that据信；It's reported that据报道；It's thought that有人认为；It's suggested that有人建议；It's ordered that已下令；It's required that有人要求；It's supposed that据推测；It's well-known that众所周知；It's considered that人们认为；It's pointed out that需要指出的是；It must be admitted that必须承认的是；It's certain that一定会；It's possible／probable that可能会；It's generally admitted that一般认为；It's obvious／clear that很显然；It's a great pity that很遗憾
【注意】
(1)It's suggested／ordered／required that中，主语从句要用虚拟语气，即should+动词原形；should可以省略。
(2)It's certain that中，certain不能用sure代替。如：
① It's suggested that we (should) have lunch at the new restaurant.有人建议我们在新开的那家餐馆吃午餐。② It's ordered that the baggage (should) be brought to her room. 她吩咐行李搬进她的房间。③ It's required that all the members (should) attend the meeting. 全部成员均要求出席会议。④ It's certain that the earth is round. 地球是圆的毫无疑问。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 11高二英语Unit4 A Garden Of Poems知识点总复习教案
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. But whether buses or trains or boarding aeroplanes, there wasn't a door she'd get through. 然而不管是公共汽车还是火车，还是飞机，没有一扇门她能进去。(p.25 Warming Up Ex.3)
(1) whether...or...表示让步，意为“不管…还是…”，它还可表示“或者……或者……”等意。 ① Whether we go to your place or stay here, we'll still find something to eat.不管我们是到你那儿去，还是果在这儿，我们都需要找点东西吃。②Whether by accident or design, he broke the mirror on the table.不知道是偶然还是有意，他打破了桌子上的镜子。③ Whether he drives or takes the train，he'll be here on time.不管他是开车还是乘火车来，他总会准时到达的。
(2) board vt. 上(船、车、飞机)
board a train上火车 board a plane上飞机
【注意】board可作名词，on board在船 (车、飞机)上，go on board (…) 登上(……) 船 (车、飞机)。
(3) get through在句中意为pass through “通过”。请看下列例句，了解该短语之不同用法：① We managed to get through the forest with his help.在他的帮助下我们设法通过了那座森林。(“通过”，“穿过”) ② They succeeded in getting the bill through. 他们已使这项议案通过。(“使议案等通过”) ③ All of them got through; that is say，they all passed the exam. 他们都通过了，那就是说他们都考试及格了。(“考试及格)” ④ I rang you several times yesterday but couldn't get through (to you).昨天我给你打了好几次电话，但都没打通。(“接通电话”) ⑤ I started as soon as your message got through (to me). 我一接到你的口信就马上动身了。(“抵达目的地”) ⑥ Can the patient get through this winter 病人能挨过这个冬天吗 (“经过……后仍然活着”) ⑦ He got through the book in one evening.他一个晚上看完了那本书。(“完成，结束”) ⑧He has got through all his money.他把钱都花光了。(“用完，花完”)
2. In collections of poetry, poems are put together because they belong to the same group.在诗集中， 诗歌被放在一起是因为它们同属一组。(p.26 Listening Ex.3)
belong to属于，是……的成员，是……的组成
部分，是……的属性、职能等。 ① All the goods here belong to the school.这儿所有的物品都属于学校。 ② Who does this garden belong to 这花园是谁的 ③ What family does this bird belong to 这鸟属于哪一科 ④He belongs to the Communist Party. 他是共产党员。 ⑤ It does not seem to belong to you to dictate to your workmates. 你似乎不该对你的同事发号施令。
【注意】belong to不用于进行时和被动语态。
【拓展】 belong可与介词短语或副词连用，表示“适合待在或放在某处”。 ①I don't want to go abroad: I belong here. 我不想出国：我就属于这儿。 ②Where does the lamp belong 这灯应放在哪儿合适
Section Ⅱ 阅读
3. More than any other form of literature, poetry plays with sounds，words and grammar.与其他任何形式的文学相比，诗歌更能集声、字、语法为一体。(p.27 Reading 第一段 第2行)
more than“比……多；多于”之意，它还可以表示“不仅仅，非常”等意。 ① European countries are now making an active effect to reuse materials more than they used to. 为了比过去更多地再用旧材料，欧洲国家正在进行着积极的努力。② Peace is much more than the absence of war.和平不仅仅意味着没有战争。 ③ A library is more than a place where books are stored.图书馆不仅仅是个藏书的地方。 ④ He is more than glad to receive the letter. 他收到信非常高兴。
【注意】“more than+从句”时常具有否定意义，可译为“并非，不是”。①At least you enjoyed yourself, which is more than I did.至少你玩得很开心，而我却不是。 ②That's more than I can tell you.这一点我是不能告诉你的。 ③The beauty of Hangzhou is more than words can describe.杭州之美是语言所不能描述的。
4. Poetry also calls up all the colours, feelings, expe- riences and curious images of a dream world.诗歌也能把所有的色彩、感情、经历以及梦幻世界的各种奇异的幻象展现于人们的脑海。(p.27 Reading 第一段 第3行)
call up意为“召唤；使人想起”，它还可表示“召集，调动(力量、人员)；提出(议案等)；打电话给”等意。①Please call me up tomorrow.请明天给我打电话。②Please call up 1369788.请拨打1369788。③Harry was called up by the police.哈利被警方传讯。④Your letter calls up the days when we worked together in the countryside 20 years ago. 你的来信使我回忆起二十年前我们一起在农村工作的日子。⑤The general called up all his forces for the attack.将军召集其全部兵力来进行这次进攻。 ⑥When was the bill called up 这议案是在什么时候被提出讨论的
【提示】call up表示“打电话给”之意时可省去up，也
可使用ring (up)。
【联想】 call on访问、探望(某人) call at访问(某地) call for需要，邀约 call back叫回；取消(声明等)；回电话 call round来访，作短暂逗留，叫(出租车等)
5. Poems by Du Fu, Li Bai and Wang Wei among others stand out in the halls of glory.在其他一些最伟大的诗人中杜甫，李白以及王维的诗在光辉的艺术殿堂里特别引人注目。(p.27 Reading 第二段 第2行)
(1) Poems by...= Poems(which were) written by…由……写的诗
(2) stand out显得突出，引人注目 ① His red hair made him stand out in the crowd.他的红头发使得他在人群里特别引人注目。 ②The road sign is easy to read: the words stand out well.路标很容易辨识：字很显眼。 ③In this list two names stand out particularly.在这个名单中有两个名字尤其引人注目。
6. When you have read some Chinese poems, you will have seen and heard some of the features that all good poetry shares.你读过一些中国诗歌之后，你也就会看到和听到所有好的诗歌所共有的一些特点。(p.27 Reading 第二段 第3行)
(1) 该句时间状语从句和主句中都使用了将来完成时。将来完成时是由will／shall have done构成，表示在将来某一时间点之前业已完成的动作。在时间和条件状语从句中，则用现在完成时代替将来完成时。①By the end of this month, we shall have finished the work.到本月底我们就会完成这项工作。②We'll start at five o'clock if it has stopped raining by then. 如果到了五点雨停下来的话，我们就在五点动身。③Once you have understood it, you'll find it very interesting. 一旦你理解了，你就会发现很有意思。
(2) share“共有，共享，分担，共用”。 ①May I share your umbrella 我可以与你台用你的伞吗 ②We haven't enough books for everyone, so some of you will have to share.我们的书不够每人分一本，所以你们当中有些人将只好合用一本。③1 will share your joys and sorrows.我愿与你同甘苦，共欢乐。④They shared the same tastes and interests. 他们有着共同的爱好和兴趣。【成语】 share in…分享，分担 share with sb.与某人合用
7. Poetry often follows special patterns of rhythm and rhyme.诗歌经常是按照专门的节律和韵律的模式写成的。(p.27 Reading 第二段 倒数第2行)
follow “遵循，按照，接受”，还可表示“跟随；沿着(走)；听懂；注视；倾听；干(某种职业)”等意。 ① He followed her out of the room.他跟着她走出房间。 ② Follow this street until you get to the first crossing.沿着这条街一直走到第一个十字路口。③ May follows April.四月之后是五月。 ④ I was only following orders.我只是在依照命令行事。⑤ I don't quite follow you.我不大懂你的意思。⑥The cat followed every movement of mouse.那只猫注视着那只老鼠的每一点动静。 【短语】 as follows如下; in the following years = in the years that followed在随后的几年里; follow the example of... 效法…；以…为榜样; following the speech演讲之后: You must study hard if you want to follow the medicine.如果你想从医，你必须努力学习。
8. Modern English started around the time of William Shakespeare, towards the end of the sixteenth century. 现代英语大约开始于莎士比亚时代，将近十六世纪末。(p.28 Reading 第一段 第2行)
(1) around：about大约，左右 I'll be back around five o'clock.我将大约在五点钟回来。
(2)towards在此表示时间，表示“靠近，将近” (=near)。又如： We arrived at the hotel towards evening.我们在将近黄昏的时候到达旅馆。
【提示】 towards亦可写成toward，仅可作介词。它还常用来表示“朝，向；对于(某人的态度如何)”。
①The boy ran towards his mother.那男孩朝他妈妈跑去。②The 17th century was a great time for English poetry.就诗歌而言十七世纪是一个伟大的时期。
9. Shakespeare is most famous for his plays.莎士比亚以他的戏剧而闻名。(p.28 Reading 第一段 第4行)
(1) most = very用来加强语气，a most… = a very…如：① She was most rude to me. 她对我很粗鲁。② They are most useful metals.它们是极其有用的金属。③ This is a most useful book.这是一本极有用的书。 ④ You are very helpful and most kind.你的帮助很大，而且很和蔼可亲。【注意】“the most+形容词”为形容词的最高级形式，常用于有一定范围限制的情况。如：This is the most interesting book I have ever read.这是我们所读的最有趣的书。
(2) for “对于……来说；就……而言” ①So much for today.今天就到此为止。 ②He is tall for his age.就他的年龄来说，他个子够高的。③It is cold for May.就五月份来说，天气够冷的。
10. Once published, his work became famous for the absence of rhyme at the end of each line.他的作品一出版就出了名，因为诗的每一行的末尾都不押韵。(p.28 Reading 第一段 倒数第2行)
Once published为Once his work was published的省略。在英语中，当状语从句中的主语与主句的主语一致或从句的主语为it，同时从句谓语又含有系动词be时，可将从句的主语和系动词be一同省略，留下其余部分。如：① Don't talk while (you are) eating.吃饭时不要谈话。② I won't go even if (I'm) invited.即使受到邀请我也不去。 ③ Go to him for help when (it is) necessary. 必要时就去找他帮忙。
11. The next period that produced a great number of fine poets was the nineteenth century.下一个产生了大量优秀诗人的时期是十九世纪。(p.28 Reading 第二段 第1行)
produce vt. 生产；产，出；产生，造成，带来；拿来，出示 ① Australia produces wool.澳大利亚出产羊毛。 ②A hen produces eggs.母鸡能产蛋。 ③The century produces few great men.那个世纪没出几个伟人。 ④Their efforts produced no results.他们的努力没有什么结果。 ⑤Hard work produces success.努力能带来成功。 ⑥Produce your tickets, please!请出示您的票。
【拓展】 produce n. 农产品(总称，不可数); producer n. 生产者; product n. 产品，产物 (可数); production n. 生产，产量(不可数)
12. Modern English came into being from about the end of the 16th century.现代英语开始出现于大约十六世纪末。(p.28 Post-reading Ex.1 No. 1)
come into being形成，产生，开始存在 ① We don't know when this world came into being. 我们不知道世界是在何时开始存在的。 ② The organization came into being in 1990. 这个组织诞生于1990年。
【拓展】 bring...into being使形成，使产生; for the time being暂时，眼下 ① Five hundred dollars will do for the time being.五百美元暂时够用。② For the time being he lived in his aunt's.他暂时住在他姑姑家里。③ The organization was brought into being for the purpose of helping the poor.那个组织是为了帮助穷人而建立的。
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
13. Why read, and sometimes even write poetry 为什么读有时甚至写诗呢 (p.31 Integrating Skills 第一段第1 行)
why (not) do sth.是一个很常见的句型。肯定形式有时还含有责备的意味，否定形式则常用来表示建议。如：① Why come so late 为什么这么晚才来 ② Why not ask him 为什么不问问他呢 ③ Your teeth are not in good condition. Why not have your milk without sugar 你的牙不好，为什么不喝牛奶时别加糖呢 【提示】why do… = why do you do…／why do people do... ; why not do... = why don't you do...
【拓展】 Why not 可表示“为什么不 为什么不行 ”或“当然，好啊”等意。如：① -- I won't go on a picnic.
-- Why not “ 我不去野餐。” “为什么不去 ” ② -- You shouldn't go out with him. -- Why not “你不应该和他一起出去。” “为什么不行 ” ③ -- Let's go to the theatre. -- Why not “我们去看电影吧。” “ 好啊。”
14. I also like reading, though I used to avoid poetry. 我也喜欢阅读，尽管我过去常常避开诗歌。(p.31 Integrating Skills 第三段第1 行)
avoid vt. 逃避，避免，回避 (后跟名词、代词或动名词作宾语) ① Luckily, we were able to avoid an accident.幸运的是，我们逃过了一场灾祸。 ② I tried to avoid meeting him because he always bored me.我尽量避免遇见他，因为他总是使我厌烦。【拓展】avoidance n. 逃避，回避; avoidable adj. 可避免的
15. I started with small poems, but now I think I most like poems. 我是从阅读小诗开始的，但是现在我觉得我还是喜欢读长诗。(p.31 Integrating Skills 第四段第1 行)
start with从……开始，以……开头(=begin with)
①Let's start with Ex II.我们从练习二开始做吧。
②A thousand-li journey starts with the first step. 千里之行，始于足下。 ③ His illness started with a slight cough.他的病开始于轻微的咳嗽。
【拓展】to start with作为开始；首先，第一点 ① To start with, we have the correct leadership of the Party. 首先，我们有党的正确领导。② Our group had five members to start with. 我们小组开始时只有五名成员。
16. When I have had a bad day at school, I read Keats and forget everything. 当我在学校里一天过得很糟糕时，我就读济慈的，忘却一切。(p.31 Integrating Skills 第四段第2 行)
Keats济慈，英国著名诗人。此处词意发生了转化，意为“济慈的作品”。专有名词有时可转化为普通名词，如有必要，这些名词可用作可数名词。又如： ① I found a Qi Baishi among the exhibits.我在展品中发现了一幅齐白石的画。② I wish to become an Einstein. 我想成为爱因斯坦那样的人。③ His Waterloo was a woman. 他毁在一个女人手里。(Waterloo“滑铁卢”是拿破仑惨败之地。)
17. I'll be right here waiting for you.我就在这儿等候着您。(p.32 ‘Right Here Waiting’)
right adv. 不偏不倚，正好，恰恰，就(表示空间或时间的精确性); right now 即刻，就现在; right here 就在这里; right in the middle of the street 在街道的正中央; The stone hit him right on the nose.那块石头正好打在他的鼻子上。
18. Ask your teacher to recommend poems to you.请老师向你推荐诗歌。(p.32 ‘Tips’)
recommend vt. 推荐，介绍；劝告，建议
recommend sb. ... (= recommend ... to sb.) 向某人推荐／介绍……
recommend sb. for... 推荐某人做(某职位)
recommend sth. for... 推荐某物作某种用途
recommend sb. as... 推荐某人为……
recommend doing sth. 建议做某事
recommend + that-clause建议……(从句中用should + 动词原形，should可省去) ① Can you recommend me a good dentist 你能给我推荐一个好的牙医吗 ② Perhaps you can recommend me another hotel. 或许你能给我再介绍一家旅馆。③ I'll recommend him for the job. 我要推荐他做这项工作。④ I recommend these pills for your cough. 我向你推荐这种药治疗咳嗽。 ⑤ I'll recommend him as her secretary. 我要推荐他当她的秘书。⑥ I recommend buying this dictionary. (= I recommend you t0 buy this dictionary.)我建议你买这本词典。⑦ He recommended that we (should) read the novel. (= He recommended us to read the novel.)他建议我们读一读那部小说。
【拓展】 recommendation n．推荐；介绍信
19. Collect your favourite poems in a notebook and ask your friends to contribute to it.把你最喜欢的诗记在笔记本里，并请你的朋友也出一份力。
contribute“捐献，贡献，投稿；提供(时间，精力等)”，多与介词to连用。 ① He contributed to the church. 他向教会捐款。② She contributed a lot of good ideas to the discussion. 她在这次讨论中提出了一些好的建议。③ He contributed a lot of money to the charity. 他向慈善机构捐了很多钱。④ He often contributes to newspapers.他经常给报社投稿。
【提示】contribute to还可意为“有助于，促使(发生某事)，为……出力／做贡献”。 ① A proper amount of exercise contributes to good health. 适度的运动有益健康。② The driver's carelessness contributed to the accident. 司机的粗心大意导致了事故的发生。③ Cigarette smoking is a major factor contributing to cancer. 吸烟是致癌的主要因素。 ④ When they do so, they're contributing to our British economy. 他们这样做就是在为英国经济做贡献。
【拓展】 contribution n. 贡献; make a contribution to...为……做贡献 (to为介词)
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 5高二英语Unit8 First aid知识点总复习教案
1. Talk about first aid and medicine. 谈一谈急救和医药。(p.57 Goals No.1)
aid
(1) aid n.帮助，援助 ① She came to my aid. 她会帮助我。② We should give some economic aid to the Third World. 我们应当给予第三世界一些经济援助。
(2) aid v. 帮助，援助，支援 ① I aided her to continue her study. = I aided her in continuing her study. 我帮助她继续做研究。② Your advice aided her to succeed. 你的忠告使她取得了成功。
【短语归纳】with the aid of sb. = with sb.’s aid在某人的帮助下； with the help of sb. = with sb.’s help在某人的帮助下； in aid of为了…… aid sb. to do sth. 帮助某人去做……； aid sb. in／with为……事帮助某人
【拓展】first aid急救；hearing aid助听器；teaching aids教具；visual aids直观教具
【辨析】aid；help
★相同点：aid与help作动词时，都有“帮助”之意，有时可通用。如：I aided him in his work. = I helped him with his work.
★不同点：aid是比较正式的用法，较为庄重，在日常生活中不多用；help则含义较广，特别在日常生活中用的较多，几乎所有用aid的地方都可以用help代替。但在表示“救护”时，用aid不用help。
2. Make sure that electric wires are safe and that children can’t reach them. 确保电线是安全的，孩子们碰不着。(p. 58 Speaking ‘Dos’ No.1)
make sure的用法
(1) make sure that-clause确保…… ① Will you make sure that he returned 请你查明他是否真的回来了，好吗 ② Make sure that you don't upset any of them. 确保不使别人不安。
(2) make sure of确保，确定 ① He's made sure of the time and place. 他确定了时间和地点。②We've made sure of our seats for the movie. 我们已订好电影院的座位了。
【拓展】be sure to do... 一定会……；be sure that... 确信……；be sure of doing... 确信会……；be sure about／of sth. 对……有把握。如：① He said he was not sure about grammar and idioms. 他说他对语法和惯用法没有把握。② Mary is sure to come this afternoon. 玛丽今天下午肯定来。③ Be sure not to be late again. 务必不要再迟到。④ He wanted to be sure that he was looked after. 他要确信自己有人照顾。
【辨析】be sure to do；be sure of doing
be sure to do是主语肯定会做某事；be sure of doing表示主语对做某事有信心。如：① Our football team is sure to win. 我们足球队肯定会赢。② He's sure of passing the exam. 他确信考试会及格。
3. If a pan of oil catches fire, turn off the gas and cover the pan quickly. 如果油锅着火，要快速关掉煤气盖上锅盖。(p. 58 Speaking ‘Dos’ No.2)
1) catch fire
(1) catch fire着火。强调动作，不与表示一段时间的状语连用。如：① When she was doing the experiment，her
long hair catches fire. 当她做实验时，她的长发着火了。② Don't throw the cigarette about. The dry grass catches fire easily. 别乱丢烟头。干草很容易着火。
(2) on fire着火。表示状态，可以与表示一段时间的状语连用。如：① His house has been on fire for an hour. 他的房子着火一个小时了。② The cottage was on fire last night. 这座农舍昨晚失火了。
【拓展】set fire to sth．放火烧……; set sth. on fire放火烧……; make a fire生火; light a fire点火; put out a fire灭火; play with fire玩火
2) turn off vt. 关掉(煤气、自来水、电灯、电视等)。如：① Turn off the tap before you go out. 外出前要关掉水龙头。② Don't forget to turn off the gas when you finish cooking. 做完饭后，不要忘记关掉煤气。
【注意】turn off的反义词是turn on。
【拓展】turn against背叛；turn in=hand in上交；turn into变成；turn over把……反过来；turn to转到，翻到；turn up开大(音量)；turn right=turn to the right向右转；turn away from离开，避开；turn to sb. for help向某人求援；
turn back／around转过身来；turn down拒绝；turn out生产，制造；turn out to be结果是，后来证明是
4. Never leave small things a baby can put in its mouth on the floor or table.绝对不要把孩子可以放进嘴里的东西放在地板或桌子上。(p. 58 Speaking ‘Don’ts’ No.2)
never的用法
(1) never adv. 决不，永不，一点也不。如：① I never get up on Sunday mornings. 周日早晨我从不早起。② She's never late for appointment. 她赴约从未迟到。③ I'll never forget your kindness. 我绝不会忘记你的好意。
(2) never adv. 从未，尚未，一次也没有(通常和完成时连用)。如：① -- Have you ever been to America -- No, I've never been abroad. — 你曾去过美国吗 — 没有，我从未出过国。② I have never heard a speech as impressive as this. 我从未听过这么动人的演讲。③ I never had a chance to meet him. 我始终没有机会与他见面。④ She said that she had never been to the Great Wall. 她说她从未到过长城。
(3) never跟其他副词一样，一般置于实义动词之前，be动词、情态动词之后，第一个助动词之后，如以上例句。但有时候置于句中特定词或短语之前以强调该词或短语的否定意味。如：① They spoke never a word to each other. 他们彼此未交谈一句话。② I have never met him and I hope I never will meet him．我从未见过他，并且希望永远不会见到他。
(4) never置于句首，表示加强语气，句子的语序要用倒装。如：① Never have we workers been daunted by difficulties. 我们工人从来没有被困难所吓倒。② Never will my friends Paul forget his first teacher of chemistry. 我的朋友保罗永远不会忘记他的第一位化学老师。
【拓展】运用这个倒装句型的否定意义的副词还有：hardly，seldom，little，not，only，not until, scarcely，no sooner，by no means，at no time，under no circumstances等等。如：① Seldom have I dreamed 0f seeing such a wonderful performance. 我简直没有梦想到看这样精彩的演出。② No sooner had he put down the receiver than the telephone rang again. 他刚放下电话听筒, 电话铃又响了。③ Under no circumstances will China first use nuclear weapons. 在任何情况下，中国决不首先使用核武器。
【短语归纳】never so 非常；almost never 难得，几乎从不……；l never did = Well，never!真想不到! never the (后接比较级)毫不(更……) never so much as 连……都没有never mind 没关系
【辨析】never，not；don't
never表示“不，没有”时，语气比not强；never表示“不要”时，语气较don't强。如：① He never said a word the whole two hours. 整整两个小时，他一句话也没说。
② Never fear. 别怕。
Section Ⅱ 阅读
5. The car was upside down and the driver was bleeding and screaming. 车已翻转，司机正在流血大声呼喊 (p.59 Reading 第一段 第1行)
1) upside down
(1) upside down adv. 颠倒的，翻到过来的。如： ① The kite hang upside down from a tree. 这个风筝从树上倒吊着。② Don't hold the box upside down. 不要拿倒了盒子。③ The picture was hung upside down. 那幅照片挂倒了。
(2) upside down adv. 杂乱地，混乱地，乱七八糟地。如：① The naughty boy turned a room upside down. 这个淘气的孩子把房子弄得乱七八糟。② Everything in the room was turned upside down. 房间里的一切被弄得乱七八糟。
【注意】upside down也可以写作upside-down，另外与之意思相近的表达法是inside out，意为“表里相反”。如：① He wore the sweater inside out. 他把毛衣穿反了。② He put his shirt on inside out. 他衬衫穿反了。
2) bleed
(1) bleed vt. 出血，流血了，引申义为“为国家、正义等流血、牺牲”。如：① He was bleeding at the nose. = His nose was bleeding. 他在流鼻血。② They bled for their country. 他们为国流血牺牲。
(2) bleed vt. (对人)勒索、敲诈钱财，类似于汉语的“让某人出点儿血”。如：He was bled for every penny he had. 他的钱被榨得一干二净。
【拓展】bleed for 为……而流血，悲痛；bleed sb. white 榨干血汗，榨完钱财；bleed to death 出血过多死亡
3) scream
(1) scream v. 发出尖锐叫声，惨叫，惊叫；(小孩)放声大哭；用尖锐声音说。如：① She screamed in a fright. 她惊骇地尖叫。② They screamed for help from the window of the burning hotel. 他们从着火的旅馆窗口惊叫求援。③ The child screamed itself red in the face. 这孩子尖叫得脸都红了。④ A moment later there was a scream from the room next door. 一会儿后，从隔壁的房子里传来了尖叫声。
(2) scream常与out连用，后接that从句，意为“大声喊叫……”。如：① She screamed that there was a snake. 她大声尖叫说有蛇。② She screamed out that there was a burglar under the bed. 她尖叫说床下有贼。
【辨析】scream；shout：scream多指尖锐刺耳的叫声，如男人或女人歇斯底里的尖叫；shout指喊叫，欢呼等。
6. People who have witnessed an accident often wish that the difference between life and death. 目击过事故的人都希望做些不同的事。(p.59 Reading 第一段 第3行) witness
(1) witness vt. 目击，亲眼看到。如：① Did you witness the accident 你亲眼看到那次事故了吗 ② He witnessed the battle. 他亲眼目睹了那场战斗。③ I witnessed a gang of hoodlums steal the wallet of a tourist by accident. 我偶然间看到一伙流氓扒窃一游客的钱包。
(2) witness v. 作证，证明，成为……的证据。如：① He witnessed the truth of my statement. 他证明我的陈述真实。② He witnessed to having seen the man enter the room. 他作证说看到那个男人进入房间。
【注意】witness to中to是介词，如witness to a fact为事实作证。His flushed face witnessed the great excitement he felt. 他通红的脸表明他很激动。
(3 ) witness目击者，见证人，也称eyewitness。如：① The police found the witness to the murder. 警察找到了那件谋杀案的目击者。② I was called as a defense wit- ness. 我被传唤作被告证人。③ I'll give witness on behalf of the accused person. 我将为被告作证。④ These facts are a witness to his ignorance. 这些事实证明了他的无知。
7. The most important thing to keep in mind when dealing with all emergency is to stay calm. 处理紧急情况时要牢记心中的最重要的事情是要保持镇静。(p.59 Reading 第二段 第1行)
(1) keep sth. in mind 记住，放在心里。如：Please keep what the teacher said in mind. 请把老师的话记在心上。
【拓展】keep in touch with 与……保持联系；keep one's balance 保持…平衡；keep the balance of nature 保持生态平衡；keep a record of 保持成绩，保留……的记录；keep sth. a secret 对……保密；keep fit = keep healthy 保持身体健康；keep sb. out of 把……挡在外面；keep off the grass 勿踏草地
(2)省略 在时间、条件、让步状语从句中，即由when；while；as；if；till；unless等引导的从句中，如果从句的主语和主句的主语相同，或者是it be结构，可以省略从句中的主语或it be。如：① When he was walking in the street, he came across one of his friends. = When walking in the street, he came across one of his friends. ② I met her while 1 was on my way to work. = I met her while 0n my way to work. ③ He will not come unless he is invited. = He
will not come unless invited. ④ Though he is young，he is experienced. = Though young, he is experienced. ⑤ Unless it is necessary, we must not speak Chinese at the party. = Unless necessary, we must not speak Chinese at the party．
⑥ If it is possible, he would want proof before be believed something. = If possible, he would want proof before he believed something.
【注意】句中when dealing with...是一种省略形式，完整的句子应为：When we are dealing with an emergency。
8. If we were to panic, we would not be able to help. 如果我们慌了手脚，那就帮不上忙了。(p.59 Reading 第二段 第2行)
panic
(1) panic n. 恐慌，恐怖，尤其指没有明确的理由而传开在群众间引起的恐慌。如：① The crowd was in a panic. 群众陷入恐慌状态。② The fire caused a panic in the theatre. 那场火灾在戏院中引起一阵恐慌。③ I got into a panic when I found the door was locked. 我发觉门锁上了时十分惊慌。
(2) panic v. 陷入恐慌，引起恐慌。如：Don't panic, there is no danger. 不要惊慌，没有危险。
【拓展】get into a panic陷入恐怖状态；be at panic stations惊慌失措
9. If we know how to respond, we can save lives. 如果我们知道如何反应，那我们会挽救人的生命。(p.59 Reading 第二段 第4行)
1) respond
(1) respond v. 回答，对……回应，比answer 更正式。如：① She didn't respond to my question. 她没有回答我的问题。② I offered to help him, but he didn't respond. 我表示愿意帮他，但他没有回应。
(2) respond + that-clause回答说。如：The doctor responded that he could not tell the name 0f the disease. 医生回答说他无法说出疾病的名字。
【词汇联想】respond v. 回答，响应；response n. 回答，响应；responder n. 回答者，响应者；responsible adj. 有责任的，可靠的；responsibility n. 责任，职责；correspond v. 相当，相符；correspondence n. 相当，相符；correspondent n. 通信员，记者
【短语】respond to a letter 复信；respond to a question 答复问题；respond with a smile 以微笑回答；respond with a blow 报以一击；in response to 回答，回应……；a sense of responsibility 责任感；take the responsibility for 负起……的责任；be responsible for 对……负责。
2) save one's life 救某人的命
(1) save v. 把…(从危险中等)救出来，常与from连用。如：① The doctor saved her life. 那个医生救了她一命。② He saved his child from drowning. 他救了那个孩子而使他未被淹死。③She saved an old man from the fire. 她从大火中救出一位老人。
(2) save sb. sth. 省去某人的劳力、时间、花费等。如：① Why not do it this way It'll save you a lot of trouble. 为什么不这样干呢 这样可以省你许多麻烦。② Will you do the shopping for me It'll save me a trip. 替我买点东西好吗 这样我就省走一趟了。③ That saved me going Out．那我就不用出去了。
【拓展】save one's face 保全面子；save one's skin 避免受伤；save the situation 挽回局面；save that 除了；save up 储蓄金钱；save one's honor／reputation 保全名誉／名声
【辨析】save；rescue：save含义广泛，既指搭救某人脱离危险，也指精神或道德上的拯救。rescue多指营救某人脱离危险，还可表示从监禁中救出的意思。如：He was rescued from imprisonment. 他被人从监禁中营救出来。
10. If a person is bleeding, we should cover the wound with a clean piece of cloth and press on the wound to stop the bleeding. 如果有人流血，我们应该用干净的布盖在伤口上并压在上面以止血。(p.60 Reading 第一段 第3行)
1) cover vt.
(1) 用东西覆盖，遮盖，常与with搭配。如：① She covered her face with her hands. 她以手掩面。② The mother covered the baby with a blanket. 母亲用毛毯盖着她的婴儿。
(2) 行走一段距离，通常不用被动语态。如：① The Red Army covered 25 000 Li on the Long March．红军长征时走了两万五千里。② She covered 1 000 metres in less than 4 minutes. 她在不足四分钟内跑完1000米。
(3) 看完若干页书。如：How many pages have you covered 你已读了多少页书
(4) 新闻记者采访、报道。如：① Many journalists were sent to cover the medical conference. 许多记者被派去采访医学会议。② He used to be sent to cover the battles during the war. 他曾经被派去做战地采访。
(5) 谈到、涉及，相当于deal with，include。如：① The discussion covered a wide range of subjects. 这次讨论涉及内容广泛。② What are the chief points you are to cover in your talk 你的报告主要有哪些内容
(6)占地多少，面积多大。如：① Our orchards cover 1 000 mu. 我们的果园有1000亩面积。② China stretches across a vast area covering the cold, temperate and tropical zones. 中国幅员辽阔，包括了寒带、温带和热带。
(7) 掩护、保护、庇护。如：① Their planes covered their tanks which were attacking the enemy. 他们的飞机掩护他们的坦克向敌人进攻。② He covered his wife from the man's blows with his own body. 他以身体掩护妻子免遭人击。
【拓展】be covered with 覆盖着；under the cover of 在……的掩护下；cover for=replace 代替，为……打掩护；cover up 掩盖，掩饰；take cover=shelter 隐蔽；
2) press v. 压，压碎，压破，拥挤。如：① If you press this button, the machine will start. 你按这个按钮的话，机器就会转动。② A bag pressed hard against my back. 有个袋子重重地压在我的背上。③ She pressed grapes to make grape juice. 她压榨葡萄以做葡萄汁。④ The girl pressed through the crowd at last. 这个姑娘终于从人群中挤过去。
【拓展】be pressed for 困于，迫于；press an attack 强攻；press one's way 奋力前进，坚持前进；at press time 到发稿时为止；freedom of the press 出版自由；the commercial Press 商务印书馆；press conference 记者招待会；pressed flowers 压花
11. Match each picture with a sentence in the text. 将每幅画配上课文中的句子。(p.60 Post-Reading Ex.1)
match v.
(1) 和…调和，适合；与…相配。如：① Her clothes don't match her age. 她的服饰和年龄不配。② We must find carpets that'll match the curtains. 我们必须寻找可和这些窗帘搭配的地毯。
【注意】此时match的用法与go with相同。如：Do these red shoes go with the dress 这双红鞋与衣服搭配吗
(2) match vt. 在……方面，与……匹敌，成为…”的好对手，势均力敌。如：① No one can match him in knowle- dge of classical music. 在古典音乐的知识方面没人能和他相匹敌。② This college can't be matched for good vocational training. 在职业训练方面这所大学是无与伦比的。
【拓展】match up to 符合期望，与预想一致；match point 最后决胜负的分；be a match for 与……相匹配；make a match of it (二人)结婚；find／meet one's match 棋逢对手，遇到对手；a box of matches 一盒火柴
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
12. She’ll be all right. 她很快就会好的。(p. 61 Language Study Ex.2 倒数第2行)
alright；all right的区别
alright和all right是同义词，且使用频率极高，但alright一般被认为是不正规的拼法。另外，all right还有其他的用法：
(1) That's all right=It's an right对道歉、感谢的回答，没关系，不客气。① -- Sorry, I'm late. -- That's all right．对不起，我迟到了。没关系。 ② -- Thanks a lot. -- That's all right. 真感谢你。不客气。
(2)用于对答或在说话中表示承认对方所说的话。① -- Can you call me up tonight -- All right. 今晚给我打电话好吗 好呀! ② All right, all right, you're right and I'm in the wrong. 知道了，知道了，你是对的，我错了。
(3) all right = OK ① Everything is all right／OK. 一切都好。② Everything will go all right／OK. 一切都将顺利。
13. I don't think it is a good decision that he will be given this job since he has no experience at all. 我认为这个工作让他去干不是一个明智的决定，因为他一点经验都没有。(p.62 Grammar Ex.3 No.1)
1) that引导同位语从句: that 引导同位语从句时没有词汇意义，在从句中不作任何成分，但不能省略。如：① We're excited at the news that he was chosen manager of the hotel. 听到他被选为宾馆经理的消息我们兴奋极了。② There can be no doubt that he is the right person for the job. 毫无疑问他是担任这工作的最合适人选。③ The story goes that William Tell did kill the tyrant with that arrow. 传说泰尔后来果真用这支箭射死了那暴君。④ The fact that his plan makes sense should be recognized. 应当承认他的计划是有道理的。
2) experience
(1) experience n. 经验，常与in，of搭配。如：① He has had two years' experience in teaching. 他已有两年的教学经验。② I have no driving experience. 我没有驾驶经验。
(2) 经历。如：① Please tell us of your experiences in Africa. 请告诉我们你在非洲的经历。② He has many interesting experiences while travelling abroad. 到国外旅游时，他有许多有趣的经历。
【注意】experience指“经验”时，为不可数名词，如：a man of rich experience 经验丰富的人。experience指“经历”时，为可数名词。如：some pleasant experiences一些愉快的经历。
(3) experienced adj. 有经验的，熟练的。如：① He's an experienced doctor. 他是位有经验的医生。② He's experienced in money matters. 他是个理财的老手。
3) at all
(1)用于肯定句和疑问句中，起强调作用，带有较强的感彩，意为“到底，真的，竟然”。如: ① Do you want to go there at all 你真的要去那儿 ② If you come at all，please let me know. 若你真的要来，请让我知道。
(2)用于否定句，加强否定语气，意为“根本不，全然不”。如: ① The box is too heavy, I can't move it at all. 这箱子太重，我根本搬不动。② I can't see anything at all on the Emperor. 我看皇帝身上什么也没穿。
14. When Edison died, it was suggested that the American people turn off all power in their homes, streets and factories for several minutes in honor of this great man. 爱迪生去世时，有人提议美国人民在家中、街道、工厂停电几分钟以纪念这位伟人。(p.62 Grammar Ex.3 No.5)
1) suggest
(1)建议=to mention an idea，后接名词、动名词或that-clause。如：① He suggested one or two books, which we ought to have. 他推荐了一两种我们应该买的书。② He suggested London for their meeting. 他建议到伦敦开会。③ She suggested going t0 the zoo with the child. = She suggested that she (should) go to the zoo with child. 她建议带孩子去动物园。④ He suggested our leaving the work till the next day. = He suggested that we (should) leave the work till the next day. 他建议我们把工作放到明天做。
【注意】suggest接that从句，表示“建议干……”时，要用虚拟语气，其中that从句中的should也可能省略。
(2) 暗示，表示 = bring sth. to mind。如：① His work suggests that he is a careful man. 他的工作说明了他是一个细心的人。② The look on his face suggested that he was happy. 他脸上的表情说明他非常高兴。③ His talk about America suggested that he had been to this country several times. 他的关于美国的报告说明他以前多次去过美国。
【注意】suggest用作“说明，暗示”时，后面的从句不用虚拟语气。
【拓展】 suggest sth. to sb. 向某人建议……；announce sth. to sb. 向某人宣布……；explain sth. to sb. 向某人解释……；report sth. to sb. 向某人报告……；
2) in honour of 为纪念，为向……表示敬意。
如：① There is a party tonight in honour of our new president. 为祝贺新校长的上任，今晚有一个聚会。② We'll give a banquet in honour of the delegation. 我们要设宴迎代表团。
【拓展】in honour of 为纪念，为了表示尊敬；in praise of 歌颂；in memory of 纪念；in favour of 赞同；in place of 代替；in celebration of 庆祝；in charge of 负责；in possession of 拥有；in search of搜查，寻找
15. Dealing with common injuries. 处理轻微伤害。(p.63 Integrating Skills ‘Title’)
1) deal with
(1) 对待人或事，处理。如：① In spite of his illness, he continued to deal with problems of an kinds. 尽管生病，他还继续处理各种各样的问题。② I asked him to deal with the matter carefully. 我要他认真处理这件事。
(2) 对付，与……打交道。如：Such people are difficult to deal with. 这种人不好相处。
【注意】此处的deal with相当于get along with。I'll get someone else to deal with them. 我去另找人来对付他们。
(3) 论述、涉及。如：① This book mainly deals with difficult points in the study of English. 这本书主要讲的是英语学习中的难点。② The subject isn't very dealt well with in this book. 这个问题在书中没有得到很好的阐述。 ③ This book deals with life in the United States. 这本书说的是美国的生活情况。
(4) 与……交易，不用被动语态。如：We have dealt with that store for 10 years. 我们与那家商店来往已经十年了。
(5) a great／good deal (of)的三种用法：① 修饰不可数名词，表示很多，相当于very much。如：a great deal of time许多时间 ② 用作状语，表示“……得多”，可修饰比较级，如：She's a great deal better today. 她今天好多了。③用于问答中。如：Do you walk much Yes, a great deal. 你常走好些路吗 是的，很多。
【辨析】how；what的固定搭配
(1) I don't know how to deal with the matter.
I don't know what to do with the matter.
(2) How do you like the film
How do you find the film
How do you feel the film
What do you think of the film
(3) I want to tell you how to do it next.
I want to tell you what to do next．
2) common adj. 普通的，到处可见的，常常听到的。如：① The plant is a common one. 这是一种常见的植物。② This is a common belief. 这正是普通人持有的观点。③ Is this word in common use 这个字常用吗
另外，common还可表示“共用的，公用的”。如：① They made plans to set up a common market in Europe. 他们计划要在欧洲建立共同市场。② They have English as a common language. 英语是他们的共同语言。③ A great interest in music was common to them. 他们对音乐都有着共同的兴趣。
【拓展】a common event 常有的事情；common property 公共财产；common welfare 公共福利；for the common good 为了公共利益；in common 共有，共同；in common with 与……同有；out of the common 非同寻常的，非凡的；as common as dirt 最平凡的；common 0r garden 平凡的，普通的；be on short commons 吃不饱
16. Learning about first aid is the best way to make sure that we will not have to feel that we could have done more. 学习有关急救的知识是一种最 好的方式以确保我们不必遗憾我们本来还可以做得更多。(p.63 Integrating Skills 第一段 第3行)
1. learning about first did这是动名词短语作主语。
动名词作主语：① Reading aloud is very important in learning a foreign language. 朗读在学习外语中是很重要的。② Studying abroad is very difficult in the first few months. 在国外学习，最初几个月是艰难的。③ Playing football is my favourite sport. 踢足球是我最喜爱的运动。
【注意】动名词作主语时可以用it作形式主语，但只限于以下几个句型：
① It's no use arguing with him about the matter. 在这件事上跟他争辩毫无用处。
② It's no good having a car if you can't drive. 如果你不会开车，有车也没有用。
③ There is no joking about such things. 这种事开不得半点玩笑。
④ It's a waste of time watching TV such a long time. 看这么多电视真是浪费时间。
【辨析】doing；to do作主语 动名词与不定式都可以作主语，一般而言在表示比较抽象笼统的一般行为时多用动名词，在表示具体某次动作特别是将来的动作时，多用动词不定式。如：① Smoking is not allowed here. 此地禁止吸烟。② It isn't good for you to smoke so much. 你抽这么多烟不好。
【注意】动名词与不定式有对称使用的特点。如：Teaching is learning. = To teach is to learn. 教学相长。
2. could have done
(1)用于疑问句中，表示行为可能性的推测。如：① Can he have reached the station 他现在能到火车站吗 ② Could he have been told the news 他被告知这个消息了吗
(2)用于陈述句中，肯定句表示与过去事实相反的假设，意为“本能够去做却没有做。”否定句表示对过去事实的推测。如：① -- I stayed at a hotel while in New York.
-- Oh, did you You could have stayed with Barbara.
— 在纽约时我住在一家旅馆。 — 是吗 你本能够和巴巴拉在一起的。② -- There were already five people in the car, but they managed to take me as well. -- It couldn't have been a comfortable journey. — 车里已有五人，但他们还是设法把我也带去了。— 那不可能是一个舒适的旅行。(暗示那本来应该是一次舒适的旅行。)
【拓展】must have done 一定已经；may／might have done 也许做过，其实本来可以；should／ought to have done 本应该做；shouldn't／oughtn't to have done 本不应该做；needn't have done本来不必做。如：① I didn't hear the phone, I must have been asleep. 我没听见电话，我一定已经睡着了。② You should not have climbed that hill. You might have killed yourself. 你本不该爬那座山，你会失去生命。③ They may have arrived by now. 到现在他们也许已经到了。④ I told Sally how to get there, but perhaps I should have written it out for her. 我告诉了Sally怎么去那儿，但或许我应该为她写出来。⑤ There was plenty of time, she needn't have hurried. 时间充足，她本不必着急。
【注意】表示对过去肯定的推测用must have done，而否定推测要用can't have done或couldn't have done，其中couldn't没有时态区别，只表示语气更加不肯定。如：-- It must have rained last night, for my knees ache now. -- No, it can't have, because the ground is dry. — 昨晚一定下雨了，因为我的膝盖疼。— 不，不可能，因为地上很干。
17. If you are bitten by an animal, wash the wound with cold water. Then see a doctor as soon as possible. 如果被动物咬了，快用凉水清洗伤口，然后尽快地去看医生。 (p.63 Integrating Skills 第二段 第1行)
1) bite v.
(1) cut into with the teeth. 咬 如：① The dog bit me in the leg. 那狗咬了我的腿。② The dog has bitten a hole in my pants. 那只狗把我的裤子咬了一个洞。③ He bit off a large piece of the apple. 他把苹果咬下了一大块。④ Unless you wear boots, you may get bitten by snakes. 除非你穿鞋子，否则会被蛇咬。
【注意】“咬某人的脸”是bite sb. in the face，其中in后面的the不可换成his或her等。再如：hit sb. in the face打某人的脸；pat sb. on the shoulder拍某人的肩膀；lead sb. by the hand牵着某人的手；catch sb. by the collar抓住某人的领子
(2) bite n. 吃一口，随便吃点东西 如：① He took a bite at the apple. 他咬了一口苹果。② I haven't had a bite since this morning. 从早晨到现在我还没吃过一点东西。③ You must wait and have a bite with us. 你必须等一下和我们一起吃点东西。
【拓展】be bitten with 热衷于；bite back 咬住嘴唇不说出来；bite a person's head off 严厉斥责，口气凶猛；bite one's lips 咬嘴唇，压抑怒气；bite off more than one can chew 贪多嚼不烂；bite the dust 阵亡，一败涂地；bite the hand that feeds one 恩将仇报；bite at 向……咬去，对……叫骂；bite off 咬掉，停止讲话
2) see a doctor 看医生You are so seriously ill and you should see a doctor at once. 你病得那么厉害，应该立刻去看医生
【拓展】see a doctor 看医生；send for a doctor 派人去请医生；call in a doctor 请来医生
【注意】see可以作及物动词，意为“发生某一情况，经历……，体验……”。如：① It came about that the year 1849 saw a great war in Hungry. 结果1849年匈牙利发生了一场大战。② The following year Saw the death of both his sisters. 第二年他的两个姐姐都死了。③ The 5th century saw the end of the Roman Empire in the west. 第五世纪西罗马帝国灭亡了。④ This old building had seen better days. 这栋老房子曾有辉煌的日子。⑤ This century has seen two world wars. 本世纪经历过两次世界大战。
【拓展】as far as I can see 就我所知；see into 调查，领会；see sb. off 送行；see (to it) that... 务必；I see. 原来如此，我明白了。I'll see. 我考虑考虑。Let me see. 让我想想看。See you later / soon / again. 再见，再会。You see. 你知道，你想，(可是)事实上……
3) as...as possible = as... as one can 可能的／地…… 如：① Do it as quickly as possible. = Do it as quickly as you can. 尽快做完它。② I'll study as hard as possible. = I'll study as hard as I can．我要尽力学习。③ He tried to be as patient as possible. = He tried to be as patient as he could. 他尽量表现得耐心。
18. If a person is bleeding badly, you must try to stop the bleeding. 如果这人流血不止，你必须设法止血。(p.63 Integrating Skills Cuts 第2行)
badly adv.
(1) 坏地，不好地，拙劣地，其反义词是well。如：① He behaved badly. 他行为不端。② The wall was badly decorated.这墙装饰得很差。
(2) 严重地，非常 如：① The car is badly in need of repair. 汽车急需修理。② She went on working though her arm ached badly. 虽然她的手臂疼得厉害，她仍坚持工作。③ I was badly injured in the accident. 那次意外事故我伤得很重。
【注意】badly表示程度时，意为“非常，很”，通常与need，want等词连用。如：He wants to go abroad badly. 他很想出国。
【拓展】be badly off 生活穷困；be well off 生活富裕；be badly off for 缺乏
19. If the person is conscious and breathing, try to get him or her to spit out any poison that may still be in the mouth. 如果这人还有知觉能够呼吸，要设法让他吐出嘴中的东西。(p.63 Integrating Skills ‘Poisoning’ 第2行)
1) conscious adj.
(1) 神志清醒的，有知觉的，其反义词为unconscious。如：① The patient was perfectly conscious. 病人神志非常清醒。② Man is a conscious being. 人是有意识的动物。
(2) 意识到的，觉察到的。如：① I became conscious of a man looking at me. 我觉察到有人注视着我。② Are you conscious of your faults 你没发觉自己的缺点吗 ③ I was conscious that I was mistaken. 我意识到我错了。
【拓展】be conscious of 意识到；be conscious that-clause 意识到；a conscious lie 蓄意的谎言；conscious activity 自觉行动，能动性；with conscious superiority 抱着优越感；from matter to consciousness 从物质到意识；lose consciousness 失去知觉；recover consciousness 恢复知觉 class-consciousness 阶级觉悟
【辨析】conscious; aware：conscious 表示内心所意识到的感觉；aware指感官上的知觉。如：① One must be conscious of one's shortcoming.人要有自知之明。② I'm quite aware of how you must feel.我很能理解你的感觉。③ One may be conscious of fear，but not altogether aware of the danger which is going on about one. 人们可能会心感恐惧，但并不能全然觉察到周围将发生什么危险。
2) spit
(1) spit v. 常与out连用，意为“吐出唾液，口水等”。如：① I spit out the pips of the orange. 我吐出橙子的子。② Don't spit on the ground. 不要随地吐痰。
(2) spit v. 口出恶言，粗话等 如：① He spat out hateful words at his father. 他对父亲口出恶言。② She spat out curses at me. 她尖刻地咒骂我。
【拓展】spit it out 全盘说出，坦白说出；spit up 吐血，呕吐；spit and polish (军队装备等)擦亮；spit in sb's face 啐唾沫于某人脸上；spit out curses at sb. 尖刻地咒骂某人spit on／at／upon 对……表示藐视
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 10高二英语Unit5 The British Isles知识点总复习教案
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. Name five important cities in the United Kingdom. 说出联合王国(即英国)中五座重要城市的名字。(p.33 Warming Up Ex.2)
name动词，意为“说出……的名称(名字)；给……取名，命名；任命，提名；决定，说定”等。如：① Can you name all the plants and trees in this garden 你能叫得出这个花园的所有花草树木的名称吗 ② The couple named the child Dick. 这对夫妇给孩子取名迪克。③ Mr. Michael has been named as the new manager. 迈克尔先生被任命为新的经理。④ Please name the day for our wedding. 请(你)决定我们婚礼的日子。
【拓展】name构成的短语：worth (worthy of) the name名副其实的；in the name of凭……的权威；以……的名义；call sb. names辱骂某人；name... after ... 以……名字命名；name sb. for提名某人担任(某职务)；know sb. by name仅仅知道某人的名字(没有见过面)
2. The conversation workshop is taught on Wednesday afternoon. 谈话技巧研讨会的上课时间是星期三的下午。(p.33 Listening Ex.1 No. 1)
1) 上句中workshop的词义并非“车间；工厂；作坊；工作室”之意，而是“研习会，专题学术讨论会”的意思。
2) 介词on表示时间的用法：
(1) 用在“日期 (date)，几号”和“星期几”之前。如：on July 1st (= on the first of July)在7月l号(那一天)；on Wednesday在星期三；on Sundays每逢星期天
(2) 用在“特定”的早、晚、日间、上午、下午等之间。如： on the morning／afternoon／night of Oct. 1st 在10月1日的上午／下午／晚上；on a cold night in January在一月的一个寒冷的夜晚；on the eve of the war在战争前夕； on New Year's Day在新年(那天)
(3) 用在某些动名词之前，作“在……之时”讲。如：① They greeted us on our arrival. 他们在我们到达时迎接了我们。 ② I'll show you the book on my return. 我一回来就让你看一下这本书。③He got married immediately on his graduation. 他一毕业就结了婚。
(4) 用在某些动名词之前，作“一……就……”讲。如：① On arriving at my destination, I went to see my friend. 一到目的地，我便去看我的朋友。② On leaving school, he went into business. 一毕业，他便经起商来。 ③ On hearing the good news, he jumped with joy. 一听到这个好消息，他高兴地跳了起来。
(5) 和occasion／opportunity等词连用，表示“在某一特殊的时机或场合”。如：① I send you my best wishes on this happy occasion. 值此佳期，我奉上对你最美好的祝愿。 ② I will have a word with him on the first opportunity. 一有机会，我要跟他聊聊。
3. What are the opening hours of the language lab 语言实验室的开门时间是几点到几点 (p.34 Listening Ex.3 No. 3)
上句中opening是形容词，意为“第一次的，开头的，开始的，开幕的”。另外，opening亦可用作名词，意为“开放，开始，口子，通路”等。如： ① His opening remarks are very attractive. 他的开场白很有吸引力。②The opening hours of the banks there are different. 那儿的银行的开门营业时间不一样。③ This is the opening of the new play. 这是这部新戏的首场演出。④ He attended the opening of the new museum. 他出席了新博物馆的开幕典礼。⑤ He put a gate across the opening in the fence. 他在围墙的开口处安了一个门。
4. Try to reach agreement on main points.尽量在主要观点上达成一致。(p.34 Speaking)
上句中的agreement意为“同意，一致，协议”。常构成如下词组：
(1) in agreement on／upon／about…在／关于…”意见一致；(语法)相一致，呼应 ① We are in agreement on that point.关于那一点我们意见一致。② They are still not in agreement about the plan. 他们在这个计划上意见还是不一致。③ The predicate should be in agreement with the subject in person and number. 谓语和主语应该在人称和数方面保持一致。
(2) come to (arrive at, reach, make) an agreement with sb. 与某人达成协议。① They have made an agreement about the plan. 他们在这个计划上意见一致了② An agreement should be reached immediately with the company on that point. 关于那一点应该与那家公司尽快达成协议。
5. Other people think geography is confusing and difficult to learn... 其他人认为地理课使人感到混乱无序，很难学…… (p.34 Speaking Ex. 2 第二行)
confusing (adj.)令人糊涂的，使人混乱的；confuse (vt.) 使混乱，使糊涂；confused (adj.) (某人)糊涂的，搞混乱的；confuse sb.／sth. with sb. ／sth. 把……和……弄混。如：① That is exactly to confuse black with white. 那简直是混淆黑白。② We tried to confuse the enemy.我们试图迷惑敌人。③ They asked me so many questions that I got confused. 他们问了我许许多多的问题，把我弄糊涂了。④ Don't confuse Austria with Australia.不要把奥地利与澳大利亚弄混淆了。⑤ He was (became, got) confused with his mistake. 他因犯了错误而不知所措。
6. The Group of Eight (G8) consists of the eight richest countries in the world. 八国集团(G8)是由世界上八个最富有的国家组成的。(p.34 Speaking Ex. 3 第一行)
consist of意为“由……组成”。(= include; be made up of) ① The United Kingdom consists of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 联合王国包括大不列颠与北爱尔兰。② His job consists of helping old people who live alone. 他的工作包括帮助独居老人。③ Substances consist of small particles called molecules. 物质是由叫做分子的微粒组成的。④ The committee consists of ten members. 委员会由十名成员组成。
7. Do island nations have advantages over other countries 岛国(在此方面)比其他国家拥有更有利的条件吗 (p.34 Speaking Ex. 3 倒数第二行)
advantage优势，长处；have an advantage over 胜过，优于；take advantage of利用 ① In learning English, she has an advantage because her mother is English. 在学英语方面她有一个有利条件，她妈妈是英国人。② At the end of an hour's play the advantage lay definitely with him. 经过一个小时的比赛，他已肯定取得优势。 ③ In playing basketball, Yao Ming has an obvious advantage over others. 在篮球方面姚明比其他人有明显的有利条件。④ We should take advantage of all educational opportunities.我们应该好好利用一切教育机会。
Section Ⅱ 阅读
8. The idea that England stands for Fish & Chips, Speaker's Corner and Tower of London is past.仅仅把英国跟其象征物鱼和油炸土豆片、讲演角、大本钟和伦敦塔联系在一起的观点已经过时了。(p.35 Reading 第一段第1行)
(1)上句中的that所引导的从句是同位语从句；stand for代表，象征，支持，主张。如：① WTO stands for World Trade Organization. WTO代表世界贸易组织。② What does N. B. stand for N. B.代表什么 ③ We stand for self-reliance.我们主张自力更生。
(2) past n. 过去，往事；adj. 过去的，结束的；prep. 越过，晚于 如：① Make the past serve the present and foreign things serve China. 古为今用，洋为中用。② Winter is past. 冬天结束了。③ His youth is past. 他的青春已过。④ The old generation can never forget the past suffering. 老一代人永远也不会忘记过去的苦难。⑤ He waved as he walked past. 他走过时挥着手。⑥ The boys rushed past us.这些男孩子赶上我们走到前面去了。
9. Within the UK for many years now, there has been a growing movement to make the most of its cultural diversity.近许多年以来，在联合王国内一直有一股潮流，即充分利用国内自身的文化多样性。(p.35 Reading 第一段第3行)
(1)上句中within是介词，意为“在……之内，不越出”。再如：① Within these old walls there was once a town. 在这些旧城墙里面曾经有一座城市。 ② My house is within walking distance of my university. 我家离我工作的大学很近，走过去了。③ He lives within 20 minutes' walk. 他住的地方走20分钟就到。④ By the use of X rays, doctors can see with in the body. 医生用X光可以看到人体内部。⑤ He learned to speak English within six months!他在六个月之内学会了英语。⑥ She felt the anger mounting up within her.他感到怒火从心头燃起。
(2) make the most of ( = make the best of)尽量利用，充分利用，尽量往好里干。如：① We should make the most of the fine weather.我们要充分利用这样的好机会。② We should try to make the best of our stay here.我们要尽量利用我们在这里的这段时间。③ They taught us how to burn a piece of coal to make the most of it.他们教我们怎样烧媒，使每块煤发挥最大的作用。
10. The British Isles is a group of islands that lie off the west coast of Europe. 不列颠群岛是散落在稍离欧洲大陆西海岸的岛屿群。(p.35 Reading 第二段第1行)
(1)句中off在此是介词，意为“(岛屿，船等)离开(陆地)；从……离开(脱离，去掉)”。如：① The island is three miles off the coast of southeast.这座岛屿离东南海岸线三英里。② The ship anchored off the island. 船在岛外抛锚。③ The rain ran off the roof. 雨水从屋顶流下来。④ Keep off the grass. 勿踏草地。⑤ The house stands miles off the main road. 那所房子离大路好几英里远。
(2) coast海岸(线)；beach海滩 (相对平坦，宜于游泳、日光浴等)；shore海滨(边)，湖边(笼统指平坦或突兀陡峭的岸边)。如：① I like lying on the beach enjoying the sunbath. 我喜欢躺在沙滩上，享受日光浴。② After the storm there was a lot of driftwood washed up on the shore. 暴风雨过后，许多杂物被冲到岸上。③ Looking down from the plane，we can see the Dutch coast.我们从飞机上往下看，可以看见荷兰的海岸线。
11. In general, Scotland is colder throughout the year, and receives more rain. 一般来说，一年中苏格兰更加寒冷一些，雨下得更多一些。(p.35 Reading 第三段第1行)
(1) in general“通常，大体上，一般而言”，通常用于概括，类似概括的词语还有：on the whole总的说来，as a rule通常，in most cases多数情况下，in many cases在许多情况下，broadly speaking广义地讲，mostly多半，通常。
(2) throughout the year中的throughout( = all through)是介词，意为“遍及，贯穿，从头到尾，自始至终”。如：① He is famous throughout the world. 他闻名于世界。② It rained throughout the night. 雨下了一整夜。③ The road is kept open throughout the year. 这条路全年开通。
12. In the summer months the difference in temperature between London and the north can be as much as nine degrees! 夏季的几个月里，伦敦和北部的温差可高达九度! (p.35 Reading 第三段 倒数第3行)
as much as与…差不多；多达…(表示“量”上的比较)；as many as多达…(表示“数目”上的比较)；as far as远至(到)…；as long as长达…。如： ① The difference between his income and mine can be as much as 1,000 yuan at least.我和他的收入差额至少是1, 000元。② As many as 100, 000 people watched the boxing game. 足有100,000人观看了这场拳击赛。③ They walked as far as the sea-shore.他们步行远到海边。
13. Their languages formed the basis for English. 他们的语言构成了英语的主要成分。(p.36 Reading 第一段第1行)
form the basis for“构成……的主要成分；为……(形成／构成)打下基础”，basis“基础，基本，根据，主要成分(或要素)”。如：① What is the basis of your opinion 你的观点的根据是什么 ② The basis of this drink is orange juice.这种饮料的主要成分是橘子汁。
【比较】(1) base意为“基础，基地”，常指工业基地或军事基地。(2) basis“根据，基础”，指讨论、推断所依据的根据。
14. There are six spoken languages that are considered to be native to the British Isles as well as two local accents. 加上两种地方性口音，有六种口头语言被认为源于不列颠诸岛。(p.36 Reading 第后一段第2行)
1) that引起的从句是定语从句。consider可以有如下几种结构：
(1) consider + v. -ing动名词形式 (= think seriously of doing sth.) ① Would you consider working in Australia 你愿考虑在澳大利亚工作吗 ② I've never really considered getting married. 我从未真正考虑过结婚的事。
(2) consider + 宾语 (= as)…(= think of sb.／sth. as) ① He always considered her (as) his real mother. 他一向把她视为自己的亲生母亲。② He was considered as a kind of god by the natives. 他被当地人看作是神仙。
(3) consider + 宾语 (= to be) … (= have the opinion that sb. ／sth. is...) 如：I consider Yao Ming (to be) one of the finest basketball players alive today. 我认为姚明是当今最优秀的篮球运动员之一。
(4) consider + that-clause 如：I consider／think that Yao Ming is one of the finest basketball players alive today. 我认为姚明是当今最优秀的篮球运动员之一。
2) native n．本地人；adj. 本地的，土生土长的，(常与to连用) 本地产的。如：① He is a native of Beijing. 他是北京人。② Banana is native to Taiwan. 香蕉是台湾的土(特)产。
3) accent n. 方言，口音，腔调，重音。如：① He speaks English with a strong Russian accent. 他说英语带有浓重的俄罗斯口音。② She told me her story in broken accent. 她泣不成声地告诉我她的经历。
15. That most of these are now threatened and may disappear is a serious matter to the people in Britain. 现在大部分本土语言正受到威胁甚至可能消失，这对于英国人民来说是一个严重的问题。(p.36 Reading 第后一段倒数第4行)
That most of…may disappear是主语从句：that是引导词。注意：引导主语从句的that虽然没有任何实际意义，也不起任何语法上作用，但是不可省略。另外，为了匀称句子，常常用it作形式主语，真正的主语从句后置 (如例句②)。如：① That 2008 Olympic Games will be held in China has been already decided. 2008年奥林匹克运动会将在中国举行已经决定下来了。② It has been already decided that 2008 Olympic Games will be held in China. (it形式主语) 2008年奥林匹克运动会将在中国举行已经决定下来了。
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
16. Don't judge a person only on the basis of appearance. 判断一个人不能仅仅依靠其相貌。(p.37 Language Study Ex. 8)
(1) judge n．法官，审判员，裁判员，鉴赏家；优，判断，鉴定，断定，认为。如： ① I'm no judge of music. 我对音乐是外行。② She's a good judge of wine. 她是鉴别酒的专家。③ Who's judging the races 谁是比赛的裁判 ④ Who will judge the next case 谁将审理下个案子 ⑤ Don't judge a person by／from his appear- ance. 不要以貌取人。⑥ Judging from what he has said，we consider him right. 从他说的看来，我们认为他是正确的。
(2) on the basis of ... 以……为基础 如：He drew that conclusion on the basis of the facts. 他是以事实为基础得出那个结论的。
17. The news that the plane will take off on time made everybody happy. 飞机将准时起飞的消息使大家很高兴。(p.38 Grammar Ex. 2 No.1)
that ... on time为同位语从句，take off (飞机) 起飞；脱掉(衣服)；休假。如：① The nursery teacher often leads her children to watch aircrafts take off or land.幼儿园教师经常带领孩子们去看飞机起飞或降落。② I take my hat off to him for the way he arranged the party. 我对他安排社交聚会的方式表示佩服。 ③ I'm taking off three days during May. 五月份我将会休假三天。
18. Two thirds of all girls in Britain are on a diet. 在英国三分之二的女孩在节食。(p.38 Grammar Ex. 3 No.1)
be on a diet节食，吃限定食物：go on a diet节食，吃限定食物。如：① People who are on a diet mustn't have chocolate. 正在节食的人不能吃巧克力。② The patient is on a diet. 这病人的饮食有限制。 ③ He went on a diet a week ago. 他在一星期前开始节食。④ No sugar in my coffee, please, I'm dieting．请不要给我的咖啡放糖，我在节食。
19. All around the city of Salisbury, as far as twenty- two miles to the west, and six miles south, down to the coast, farmers raise sheep. 索尔兹伯里的 四周，西去二十二英里之远，往南六英里，一直到海边，那里的农民都养羊。(p.39 Integrating Skills 第一段 第2行)
1) 此处as far as意为“远到，直到” and six miles (to the) south就省略了to the；
2) down意为 “向下(依地图)，向南”；raise饲养。down (adv. & prep.)的用法尚有：
(1) (体积)由大到小；(数量)由多到少；(声音)由强到弱；(地位)由高到低等。如：① My rubber has been worn down. 我的橡皮快用完了。② Turn down the radio. 把收音机调小一点。
(2) (从北到南；从西到东；从中央到地方；从内地到沿海；从城市到乡村)往(在)下方；往市区(或市内商业区)，在市区(或市商业区)。如：① He flew down to London from Glasgow. 他从格拉斯哥向南飞往伦敦。② Let's go down to the coast／country. 咱们到海边／乡下去。③ Does this bug go down (town) 这辆公共汽车是开往市区的吗
20. There could be as many as six hundred thousand sheep fed within six miles of Salisbury, measuring every way round and the town in the centre. 以索尔兹伯里市为中心的六英里范围内(农民) 所饲养的绵羊可能多达60万头，真可谓绵羊遍地跑啊! (p.39 Integrating Skills 第一段 第3行)
1) could表示推测； as many as和……一样多，多达；fed within six miles of Salisbury为过去分词短语作后置定语，修饰sheep；measuring every way round and the town in the centre意为“ (这些绵羊每天)走过周围的每条道路和位于中心区域的市镇”，此短语为现在分词短语作非限制性定语，修饰sheep。
2) measure的用法如下：
(1) n. 尺寸，尺度，测量，措施 如：① An inch is a measure of length.英寸是长度单位。② What measures shall we take to catch the thief 我们采取什么措施抓住那个贼 ③ They took strong measures against dangerous drivers. 他们对危害公众的司机采取强硬的措施。
(2) vi. ＆ vt. 有…的尺寸；测量，仔细考虑 (掂量，斟酌)；前进，经过(一段距离) 如：① The room measures five meters across. 这房间有5米宽。② Mother measured me to see what size of dress I should have. 母亲给我量尺寸，好知道我该穿多大号的衣服。③ The largest measured wave in history rose in the Pacific Ocean to a height of thirty-four meters. 历史上所测到的最大波浪在太平洋中高达34米。④ She works hard and doesn't measure the cost to her health. 她工作勤恳并不考虑身体代价。⑤ He measures his words with caution. 他仔细斟酌着字句。⑥We must measure twenty miles today. 我今天必须走20英里。
21. He approached Salisbury from the east. 他 (丹尼尔·笛福) 是从东边走近索尔兹伯里的。(p.40 Writing)
approach
(1) n. 靠近，走进，方法，途径 ① The approach of winter brings cold weather. 冬天快到了，天气要转冷了。② All approaches were blocked. 所有道路都堵塞了。③ He presented a new approach. 他提出一个新的方法。
(2) vi. & vt. 走近，靠近；着手(考虑)处理；(因事)找或接近(某人) 如：① National Day is approaching. 国庆节就要到来了。② He approached the problem with caution.他开始认真地考虑那个问题。③ Then I approached him on the matter. 这时我就去找他谈这件事。 ④ He is rather difficult to approach. 他不太好接近。
【单元语法】
2. that引导名词性从旬
(1) that引导同位语从句
同位语从句常用that引导，与其同位的名词常有：news，fact，hope，idea，suggestion，promise，thought，doubt，belief，truth，request (要求)，proposal (提议，建议)，demand等。例如：① The fact that he won the first place can't be denied. 他取得第一名的事实不容否认。② In spite of the fact that he is over sixty，he is still full of energy. 尽管他已经60多岁了，但是仍然精力充沛。③ Have you heard the news that Mary will be back soon 你听到玛丽不久就要回来的消息了吗
【提示1】名词demand，suggestion，proposal等的同位语从句的谓语动词要用虚拟语气，为should+动词原形，should可被省略。如：The suggestion that the plan (should) be delayed will be discussed tomorrow.推迟那项计划的建议将在明天讨论。
【提示2】 that作同位语从句中的引导词和作定语从句中的关系代词的区别：(1)引导同位语从句的that在从句中无任何语法作用(即不作任何句子成分，仅仅起引导作用)，无任何具体意思，不可省略。(2) 引导定语从句的that是一个代词，代替前面的先行词，所以有具体意思。从语法功能上看，它在从句中要么作主语，要么作宾语，作宾语时可省略。如：① The suggestion that he (should) not go there is of great value. (同位语从句) ② The suggestion(that)he made is of great value. (定语从句)
(2) that引导表语从句
引导表语从句的that在从句中无任何语法作用(即不作任何句子成分，仅仅起引导作用)，无任何具体意思，一般不省略。如：The question is that we are really short of money. 问题是我们的确是缺钱。
【提示】It appears／seems that…“似乎…，好像…”，It happens that…“碰巧……，恰好……”，It turns out that...“结果是……，证明是……”等结构中的that从句，通常都被看成表语从句。
(3) that引导主语从句
引导主语从句的that在从句中无任何语法作用(即不作任何句子成分，仅仅起引导作用)，无任何具体意思，不可省略。如：That he'll succeed is certain.他会成功是肯定的。
【提示】 为了匀称句子，不至于使句子看起来“头重脚轻”，尤其是主语从句太长，有时用it作形式主语，真正的主语从句后置。如： It is a serious matter to the people in Britain that most of these are now threatened and may disappear.现在大部分本土语言受到威胁甚至可能消失，这对于英国人民来说是一个严重的问题。
(4) that引导宾语从句
引导宾语从句的that在从句中无任何语法作用(即不作任何句子成分，仅仅起引导作用)，无任何具体意思，可省略。如：I think (that) English is not very hard to learn.
【提示】在较为正式的，不那么常用的动词后面，that一般不省略。如：① He replied that he disagreed. 他回答说他不同意。② The manager objected that it was impossible. 经理反对说，这不可能。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 1高二英语Unit9 Saving the earth知识点总复习教案
课时跟踪讲练
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. What are the biggest problems facing the earth 地球面临着的最大问题是什么 (p. 65 Warming Up Ex.1)
1) 现在分词短语facing the earth在句中作定语，相当于定语从句that face the earth. face此处用作及物动词，意为“面向，朝”，作此义也可用作不及物动词，常和介词to，toward或on连用。如： ① She turned to face the newcomer and introduced herself. 她转过身来面对新来者作了自我介绍。 ② The building faces the park. 那座建筑物面对着公园。③ The window faces on the street.窗户面对着衔道。 ④ -- How does this house face --It faces to the east. -- 这座房屋面朝哪边 -- 朝向东边。
【拓展】 face还可意为“面对／临(问题或不愉快的情况)”。如：① Manufacturing industry faces a grim future if the government pursues its present policies. 如果政府继续推行现行政策，制造工业就会面临严酷的未来。② He couldn't face his boss after marking such a fool of himself at the meeting. 他在会上做出了这样的丑事之后，不敢面对自己的老板。
【链接】与face构成的常见短语：face a person down 以势压人; face up to 勇敢地对付(敌人、困难等); be faced with 面临；面对; face out 大胆地坚持到底; face to face 面对面；相对; in a person's face 当着/对着某人的面; in (the) face of 面对；不顾; make/ pull a face(faces) 扮鬼脸; pull／make／put on a long face 拉长脸；显出不高兴的样子; set／put one's face against强烈反对，抵制; take on a new face面貌一新; turn one's face away把脸转过去
【注意】face the music不能译为“面对音乐”，其意思是“面对失败，接受批评，承担后果”。如：He knew he'd never get away with it so he decided to face the music and give himself to the police. 他知道自己已经无法逃脱，所以他决定承担后果并向警察自首。
2. Why is she giving this speech 她为什么发表演讲呢 (p. 66 Listening Part 1 No.1)
speech此处意为“演说，演讲”，常用作单数形式，“发表演说”多用动词give，make，deliver等与之搭配。如：① I had to give a speech to the Press Club. 我不得不向记者俱乐部发表演说。② He delivered a speech in English on world-peace. 他用英语发表了一篇关于世界和平的演说。
【拓展】speech 作“说话能力；言论；口音”讲，是不可数名词。如：① Only human beings are capable of speech. 只有人类才具有说话能力。 ② The illness deprived her of the power of speech. 她因病失去了说话能力。 ③ Speech is silver, silence is golden. (谚)雄辩是银，沉默是金。④ His speech shows that he's from Sichuan. 一听他的口音就知道他是四川人。
【链接】 speech习惯搭配种种：find one's speech 说出话; have a speech with sb. 和某人说话 lose one's speech (因恐吓等)说不出话; address a speech to sb. 给某人作报告; close a speech 结束讲话; wander in one's speech 演说时东拉西扯
【辨析】speech，lecture；talk
speech 指事先有准备的报告，也可指即席发言。lecture一般指教师在课堂上授的课或讲座。talk通常指非正式的演说或报告。① He made a speech at the meeting. 他在会上发了言。② He will give a lecture on the history of the Party. 他将作关于党史的讲课。③ We are going to listen to a talk this afternoon. 今天下午我们要听报告。
3. What do you think she will say next 你认为她下步讲什么呢 (p. 66 Listening Part 1 No.4)
1) 本句为双重问句。双重问句有两种形式：
(1)一般疑问句型双重问句：本结构属于一般疑问句，主句谓语动词常是ask (询问)，tell (告诉)，know (知道)，realize (意识到)，make sure (确信)等，宾语由特殊疑问词引导的宾语从句充当。如：① Do you know why we can't be allowed to smoke here ② Can you still remember when we visited the Great Wall last year ③ Have you told him how we are going to the cinema ④ Do you realize how serious the problem is
(2)特殊疑问句双重问句：本结构属于特殊疑问句，谓语动词常是think，hope，believe，suppose，guess，say，consider，imagine等，宾语也由宾语从句充当，但没有引导词，前面主句的特殊疑问词在逻辑上是宾语从句的一部分。有些形容词如afraid，sure，glad，certain，surprised，pleased等也可用于本句型。如： ① Who do you think will be the likeliest candidate for the manager of human resource department 你认为谁最可能是人力资源部经理 ② What do you think his explanation is 你如何考虑他的解释 ③ It is necessary, do you think，to translate the whole article 你认为整篇文章都翻译有必要吗 ④ Which mouse did you say you picked out 你说你选哪种鼠标 ⑤ How long can you be sure they'll be here 你能肯定他们在这儿呆多久
【注意】本句型一般不用Yes或No回答，常把句型中的一般疑问句变成“陈述句+宾语从句” 来回答，陈述句也可后置，其前用逗号。如：-- How much do you think this car cost -- I think it cost 4 000 dollars. -- 你认为这辆车得花多少钱 -- 我认为得花4000美元。
2) next此处用作副词，意为“下一步，然后”，也可作“其次；下次；次于…的”等。如： ① First you heat the fat; next, you add the onions. 首先你把油烧热，然后加洋葱。
② Tell me what to do next. 告诉我接着做什么。③ I'll tell you the answer when we meet next. 下次见面时，我将告诉你答案。④ I like tennis best of an and swimming next. 我最喜欢网球，其次是游泳。⑤ Tom is the next tallest boy in our class. 汤姆是我们班上身高第二的学生。
【拓展】next作形容词，意为“紧接着的；其次的；下一个的”可指时间、地点、顺序等；next也可作名词，意为“下一位／个”如：① Take the next left turn after the school. 到了学校见下个路口向左拐。 ② Call me up on Saturday next. 下星期六请给我打电话。 ③ They used to live next door to us. 他们以前住在我们隔壁。 ④ I shall tell you in my next. 我在下封信里告诉你。 ⑤ Mrs. James was the next to make a speech. 詹姆斯太太是下一位演讲人。
【注意】next不能单独用在decade或century之前。如：(×) Something will happen next decade.
(√) Something will happen in／during the next decade. 下个十年将会发生某些事情。
【辨析】next；the coming: next指位置、时间上紧挨着和past相对，常用next替代。 ① The next house to ours is a mile away. 离我们家最近的下一座房子在一英里之外。② Where will you be during the next／coming few weeks 下几个星期你们将在什么地方
4. Coal is a valuable resource that can be used to produce energy, but it can also cause serious pollution. 煤是一种用来生产能量的珍贵资源，但是，它也能引起严重的污染。(p. 66 Speaking ‘Situation’)
1) valuable意为“贵重的、重要的；有益的；有作用的”，常与介词for或to连用。如：① They gave us valuable practice in helping the eyes，brains and muscles to work together. 他们在使眼睛、头脑和肌肉协同动作方面提供宝贵的锻炼机会。② This tool is valuable for doing electrical repairs. 这工具对修理电器很有用。 ③ I'm sure my information is valuable. 我确信我的消息很有价值。
【链接】valuable相当于be of value。如：This book is very valuable to me in my studies. = This book is of great value to me in my studies. 这本书对我的学习很有价值。
【辨析】valuable；priceless；invaluable；precious
valuable指任何值钱的或可以带来巨额利润的、非常有用的或受人珍视的东西。/ priceless意为“无价的，贵重的”，用于加强语气、加深程度等情况。/ invaluable意为“无法估价的”，不用于谈金钱，而指品质。/ precious指任何昂贵的、贵重的、珍贵的东西，尤其适用于失掉后无法补偿的东西。① This ancient gold coin isn't just valuable，it's priceless. 这枚古金币不只是珍品，而且是无价之宝。 ② His advice has been invaluable to the success of the project. 他的意见对于这项工程的成功是无可估量的。③ To me, our friendship is a very precious thing. 对我来说，我们之间的友谊是非常珍贵的。
【注意】表示东西价值很小或没有价值时，用worthless或valueless。如：It looked like gold, but in fact it was worthless／valueless. 这看起来像是金子，其实毫无价值。
2) 在定语从句that can be used to produce energy中，动词use被用作被动时态，be used to do sth. 意为“被用来做……”。如：① This old box is used t0 keep books．这个旧箱子用来装书。② Every means has been used to prevent pollution. 我们已利用各种手段来防止污染。③ Coal can be used to keep warm. 煤可用来取暖。
【链接】(1) used to do sth. 指过去常做某事，而现在不再如此，强调今昔对比。
be sth.
(2) get used to
become doing sth.
习惯于做某事，适用于各种时态。
(3) be used for sb. 为某人而用/ doing sth. 被用来做某事；as／for sth. 被当成…用 ① I don't smoke these days, but I used to. 我现在不抽烟，但我以前是抽的。 ② You will soon get used to our way of life. 你将很快习惯于我们的生活方式。 ③ The girl is being used as a servant in the house. 这女孩在家里被做佣人使用着。④ What do you use this tool for 这个工具用来做什么用的
5. You will attend the meeting and discuss the issue.你将参加会议并讨论问题。(p. 66 Speaking ‘Situation’)
1) attend可用作及物动词或不及物动词，此处意为“参加；出席；到场”，可用于被动语态。如：① She was sick so she didn't attend her classes. 她生病了，所以没去上学。② The football match was attended by thousands of football fans. 数以千计的球迷观看了这场足球赛。③ Please let me know if you are unable to attend. 如果你不能出席，请通知我们。
【拓展】attend 还可意为“照料” (常和on／upon连用) 和“接待” (常和to连用)。如: ① She attended (on) the wounded soldier day and night. 她日夜护理着负伤的战士。② Are you being attended to 有人招待你吗 (店员对客人的招呼语)
【辨析】attend，join(in)；take part in
attend主要指出席，参加某一活动，强调出席者只是在其中“听”或“看”等，不起积极作用，主要指参加会议；上课(学)；参加典礼(葬礼)；听演讲等。join可指参加某一团体或组织，成为其中一员，也指参加某项正在进行着的活动，但不如join in常用。join (sb.) in指加入到某人的活动中来。take part in指参加活动(不表示进行)，会议、运动等，并在其中起着积极作用。① She didn't attend the wedding. 她没有出席婚礼。② Do you know how many people joined the organization 你知道有多少人参加了那个组织吗 ③ They watched the game，and then they were invited to join in it. 他们先是观看比赛，后来又被邀请参加。④ The leading group decided to tell all the workers to take part in the strike. 领导小组决定通知所有的工人参加罢工。
2) discuss意为“讨论”，常用作及物动词，其后主要接名词、动名词wh-从句，疑问代词／副词+不定式。如：① We discussed literature over tea. 我们边喝茶边讨论文学。② We discussed how to do it and who should do it. 我们讨论要如何处理以及该由谁来处理这事。③ We discussed holding the sports meet next week. 我们讨论了下周开运动会的问题。④ We discussed whether we should close the shop. 我们讨论了是否应该把店关掉。
【注意】discuss之后不可接about，on等，但名词discussion之后可接about。如： ① (×) We discussed about the matter (with them). ② (√) We discussed the matter (with them). ③ (√) We had a discussion about the matter (with them.) 我们(和他们)讨论这件事。
【辨析】discuss；talk over *discuss强调讨论的气氛通常是融洽的，目的是“达成共识”。* take over强调详尽透彻的讨论过程。① He said they had discussed exchanging scientists and technicians. 他说他们讨论了交换科学家和技术人员的问题。② We must talk the matter over. 我们必须把这件事彻底议一议。
6. You think that we should spend more money on science so that we can use the coal in a better way, because... 你认为为了能用一种更好的方式利用煤，我们应该在科技上面投入更多的资金，因为… (p.66 Speaking)
in a better way意为“用更好的方式”。在形容词、副词比较级前一般不用冠词，但下列场合例外：
(1) 形容词比较级作定语，所修饰的名词为表示泛指的单数可数名词one时，比较级前常加不定冠词。如：① Iron is a more useful metal than gold. 铁是比黄金更有用的金属。② My second answer to this question of difficult vocabulary is, I think, a much better one. 对词汇难的问题，我想我的第二个办法是一个较好的办法。
(2) 形容词比较级作定语，所修饰的名词若是特指，必须加定冠词the，此时常常有表示范围的of the two，但也可省略。如：① The larger of the two islands is Britain,
which lies to the east of Ireland. 较大的那个岛是不列颠，在爱尔兰东面。② Which is the larger country, Canada or Australia 哪个国家更大，加拿大还是澳大利亚
(3) 在“否定词+比较级+n.”结构中，用比较级的形式从反面表示最高级的意义，句型中的名词前必须加不定冠词。如：① No city has a larger population than London in the United Kingdom. 在英国没有一个城市比伦敦人口多。② I can't think of a better idea.我想不出比这更好的主意了。
(4)…the more…，the more…结构，表示两个变化同时发生，意为“愈……，愈……”前者相当条件状语从句，后者是主句。此时the不能省略。如： ① The sooner you start, the more quickly you'll be finished. 你开始得越早，就完成得越快。② The harder you work，the greater progress you'll make. 你越努力，进步就越大。
7. You want to do what is best for everybody. 你想做对人家是最好的事情。(p. 66 Speaking)
在形容词最高级前一般和定冠词the连用，但有时也可单独用，主要场合有：
1)形容词最高级用于同自身不同场合相比较时不用the。如：I'm busiest on Tuesday．我星期二最忙。
2)形容词最高级前有物主代词、名词所有格时不用the。如：Mary is my best friend.
3)两个或多个形容词最高级并列使用时，只在第一个最高级前加the。如：It is the widest and busiest road in the town.
4)形容词最高级在句中作宾语补足语时常不带the。如：I find listening hardest in English. 我觉得英语听力最难。
5)most常和多音节形容词连用构成最高级，但most前没有the或有a时，most相当于very。如：① She is most beautiful. 她非常美丽。② This is a most difficult problem to solve. 这是一个非常难以解决的问题。
6)在某些习惯用法中，最高级形容词前不带the。如：① With best wishes. (信末结束语) 祝好。② It's best to go to her birthday party. 最好去参加她的生日聚会。
8. Take notes, summarize and help the speakers decide. 作作笔记、总结一下，然后帮助发言者作决定。(p. 66 Speaking)
take notes意为“作笔记，记录”也可说take a note (of)，make notes (of) 或 make a note (of)，但note用作复数形式更常见。如：① She took good notes of everything that's said in class. 她把老师讲得全都作了笔记。② He made a note of how much money you spent on the trip. 他把你在旅途中花了多少钱作了记录。③ Please make notes of my new address. 请记下我的新地址。④ He never forgets to make notes for his speech. 他从未忘记在演讲前先拟好草稿。
【链接】与note构成的相关短语：take note of 注意到/ arrange one's notes 整理笔记/ compare notes 对笔记；交换意见/ exchange notes 互换笔记/ go over notes 复习笔记/ keep notes on 继续记……的笔记/ change one's notes 改变主意/ speak from notes 根据提纲发言
【拓展】note用作动词，意为“记下；记录；注意。”如：① I noted down the lecture. 我记下讲课的内容。② I noted that he was going to say something. 我注意到他想说些什么。
9. I'm all for... 我完全拥护… (p. 67 Useful expressions)
1) all此处用作副词，意为“完全；全然；都”，其后常接形容词、副词、介词短语等，用来加强语气。如：① She sat all alone. 他独自一个人坐着。 ② The old lady gets all confused when she has a lot of visitors. 来访的客人多了，老太太就会手忙脚乱，不知所措。③ I'm all in favor of your suggestion. 我完全赞成你的建议。④ He was all wrong. 他完全错了。⑤ The program was an about the danger of smoking. 该节目的内容全都是关于吸烟的危害性。
2) 介词for此处意为“赞同；支持；同意”，其反义词是against。如：① I'm all for the young enjoying themselves.我完全赞同年轻人多玩玩。② She is an for buying a new car. 她无论如何也要买部新车。③ Which party did you vote for 你投票给哪个党 ④ Are you for his plan 0r against it 你赞同还是反对他的计划
Section II 阅读
9. WELCOME TO THE EARTH SUMMIT. 欢迎参加地球峰会。(p.67 Reading ‘Title’)
welcome此处用作叹词，意为“欢迎光临”。如：① Welcome to our home! 欢迎到我们家里来! ② Welcome home／back! 欢迎回家／回来! ③ Welcome to Beijing! 欢迎来到北京!
【拓展】
(1) welcome还可用作及物动词，意为“欢迎(人)，高兴迎接”。如：① The Queen welcomed the President as he got off the plane. 总统走下飞机时，女王上前迎接。 ② The heroes were warmly welcomed by the masses. 英雄们受到了群众的热烈欢迎。③ I shall welcome the coming of warm weather. 我将欢迎温暖天气的来临。
(2) welcome也可用作形容词，意为“受欢迎的、被愉快接受的”。如：① You are always welcome at our house. 欢迎你随时来我们家。② He didn't make his guests very welcome. 他待客冷淡。③ All suggestions will be welcome. 欢迎一切建议。
(3) welcome也可用作名词，意为“欢迎、款待”，为可数名词。如：① They gave us a warm welcome. 他们热烈欢迎我们。② The president of the college extended a warm welcome to the visiting professor. 院长向来访的教授表示热烈的欢迎。
(4) You are welcome. (回答对方道谢时的客套话，主要用于美国英语)，意为“不用谢，不客气”。如：-- It's just what I wanted. Thank you very much. -- You're welcome. -- 这正是我要的东西，非常感谢。-- 不用谢。
【注意】welcome是规则动词，其过去式与过去分词是welcomed，welcomed，而不是welcome，welcome；“欢迎某人做某事”不能说welcome sb. to do sth. 而说sb. be welcome to do sth. 如：(×) We welcome foreign friends to visit China. (√) Foreign friends are welcome to visit China.我们欢迎外国朋友来中国看看。
10. In 1972, the United Nations held a meeting in Stock- holm, Sweden to share ideas about ways to take better care of the earth. 1972年，联合国在瑞典首都斯德哥尔摩举行会议就“如何更好地保护我们的地球”达成共识。(p.67 Reading 第一段 第1行)
share此处意为“赞同(想法等)”，还可作“分享(感情、利害等)；共同使用；分配；均摊”讲，如：① Moore is the only person who shares my opinion. 莫利是惟一一位与我的观点相同的人。② It's always better to share your worries and problems. 把你的忧虑和难题说出来比憋在心里好。③ They always shared (in) their joys and sorrows. 他们总是同甘共苦。④ We haven't enough books for everyone; some of you will have to share. 我们的书不够每人一本，你们中有些人得合着一起看。⑤ At his death，his property was shared between his children. 他死的时候，财产由他的孩子们平分。⑥ I'll share with you in the costs. 我愿意跟你分担费用。
【拓展】share用作名词，意为“(利益、报酬等的)份儿，一份”，常与of，in连用。如：① I haven't got my share of the cake yet. 我还未分到我的一份蛋糕。② Each had his share in the profit. 各人分得自己的一份利益。
【注意】在英国语中，shares可指“股票”，而美国英语中常用stock。
11. Since then, several Earth Summit have been held and much progress has been made．打那以来，已举行了数次地球峰会，且取得了很大进步。(p.67 Reading 第一段 第4行)
progress是不可数名词，意为“进步；进展；前进”。如： ① He made great progress in English. 他在英语方面大有进步。② Jane is still in hospital, but she's making good progress. 珍妮还在住院，但她的健康恢复很快。③ The ship made slow progress through the rough sea. 船在大风大浪中行驶得很慢。
【注意】即使progress之前有形容词修饰，也不能加不定冠词。
【拓展】progress还可作不及物动词，意为“取得进步；进展(顺利)”。如： ① We are now progressing steadily with our work. 我们的工作目前进行得很稳当。② He is progressing in his studies. 他学习不断进步。
12. One of the main themes of the summit was "sustain- able development", or the question how we can continue developing the world without damaging the environ- ment. 这次峰会的其中一个主要议题就是“持续性发展”，或者是不破坏环境我们如何继续推动世界发展的问题。(p.67 Reading 第一段 倒数第4行)
1) continue意为“继续”，可用作及物动词和不及物动词。作及物动词，其后主要接名词、动词不定式、动名词、that从句等。用于不中断的继续或中断后的继续。如： ① After a ten-minute break, the class continued. 休息了10分钟后，又继续上课。② He continued reading when I spoke to him. 我跟他说话时，他仍然继续阅读。③ After that, he continued to devote himself to research work. 在这以后，他继续致力于研究工作。④ The politician continued that he thought the government should call an election. 那位政治家接着说，他认为政府应该举行一次选举。
【辨析】 go on to do／doing，last；continue to do／doing: go on to do／doing有明显差异，主要指内容上的转换或时间上的停顿、间歇，使用频率较高，不用于被动语态。last；continue有部分交叉关系，last常表示时问或物态的继续存在，不用人及有生命的东西作主语，不用于被动语态。continue to do／doing几乎没有区别，中间可有停顿可不停顿。① He went on talking as though nothing had happened. 他若无其事地继续讲下去。(涉及同一件事) ② He went on to show us how to do it in a different way. 他接着又教我们用另一种方法做这件事。(涉及到两件不同的事) ③ The war lasted four years. 战争持续了四年。④ Will you continue doing the work after dinner 晚饭后你继续于活吗
【拓展】continue也可作连系动词，意为“仍旧…，持续…的情况”，其后主要接形容词和介词短语。如： ① The weather continued cold and wet. 天气还是那样又冷又潮。② She still continues in weak health. 她身体依旧虚弱。
2) without后接动名词，表示“没做某事……”。如：① He managed to open the box without showing us what was in it. 他设法把箱子打开了，却没让我们看见里面装的是什么。② He rubbed his hands all the time as if he was washing them, and smiled without stopping. 他一直在搓着手，好像是在洗手，并且不停地笑着。③ For three days Tom worked without (taking) any rest.汤姆不停息地干了三天。
【注意】not／never...without (doing) sth. 是双重否定结构，意为“无…不，必定”，用来加强语气。如：① The two can never talk without smiling. 他俩谈话没有不笑的时候。② He can't take his meal without wine. 他每餐必喝酒。
【辨析】 with no；without
* with no表示没有的东西，是该人或该事物的特点。
* without表示没有的东西，是指在正常情况下缺少的东西。① He's a person with no sense of humour.他是一位无幽默感的人。② Without water we can't live. 没有水我们就不能生存。
13. In Johannesburg, experts from all over the world spoke about different topics and discussed new ways to solve old problems. 在约翰内斯堡，来自全世界的专家讨论了不同的主题，讨论了解决老问题的新办法。(p.67 Reading 第二段 第1行)
speak about／on意为“谈论；论及”，往往是比较详尽地谈一个问题或题目，若指一般地提及某事，多用speak of。如：① They were speaking about their boss. 他们在谈论着他们的老板。② Think this matter over and we'll speak about it tomorrow morning. 这事你先想想，咱们明天早上再谈。③ I haven't yet spoken t0 him on this subject. 我还没与他详谈此事。④ I hope you will not speak of it again. 我希望你不要再谈起此事了。
【链接】与speak构成的常见搭配： speak well／highly of 赞扬 / speak ill of... 说……坏话 / generally speaking 一般而言 / strictly speaking 严格地说 / speak for itself (事情)不说自明 / speak to oneself 自言自语 / speak out one's mind 说出心里话 / speak out 大声说出，毫无顾虑地说出 / speak from the heart 凭良心说 / speak by the book 说话确切
14. According to the World Health Organisation, the big three cause more than seven million deaths every year. 根据卫生组织的报告，这三大杀手致使每年有七百万人死亡。(p.67 Reading 第二段 第4行)
1) according to是复合介词，意为“据…所说”，表示信息来自别人或别的地方，而不是来自我们自己已经知道的情况。如：① According to our records, the books you have borrowed should now be returned to the library. 根据我们的记录，你借的书现在应该还给图书馆了。② According to the timetable, the train gets in at 8:27. 根据时刻表，列车8:27进站。③ According to George, she's a really good teacher. 按照乔治的说法，她是一位真正的好老师。④ From each according to his ability, to each according to his work. 各尽所能，按劳分配。
【注意】according to之后不能接view，opinion等词作宾语，习惯上用in one's opinion；也不能说according to me。如：(×) According to me／my opinion，the rent is too high. (√) In my opinion，the rent is too high. 依我看，租金太贵。
2) death作“死亡”讲，可用作可数名词或不可数名词，用作复数形式时，表示死亡的人数。如：① Death comes to an men. 人固有一死。② His mother's death was a great blow to him. 他母亲的去世对他是个大打击。③ She told me the deaths of her husband and two sons for the first time. 她头一次向我谈起她丈夫及两个儿子的死。④ Did he die a natural death, or was he murdered 他是自然死亡的，还是被谋杀的 ⑤ In the hurricane there were 256 deaths and 68 missing. 在这次飓风中有256人死亡，还有68人失踪。
【注意】“致使某人死亡”可说cause sb. To die，而不能说cause sb. to death。
【链接】与death构成的常见搭配：die a dog's death 惨死 / die a hero's death 英雄牺牲 / drink oneself to death 醉死过去 / sentence sb. to death 判处某人死刑 / suffer death 遭受死亡 / receive death at one's hand 自寻短见 / be dead on 善于；竭力反对 / in death as in life 虽死犹生 / (as) sure as death千真万确的 / (as) pale as death苍白得像死人一样
15. 20% of the people on earth do not have access to clean drinking water. 世界上20％的人没法喝上干净的饮用水。(p.68 Reading 第一段 第1行)
1) on earth此处意为“世界上”，多用于加强最高级的语气。如：① I'm the luckiest man on earth. 我是世界上最幸运的人。② China is one of the greatest nations on earth. 中国是世界上最伟大的国家之一。③ Who do you think is the greatest man on earth 你认为谁是世界上最伟大的人
【链接】on earth用在when，what，who，where，how，which，why之后，用来加强语气，意为“究竟、到底”。如：① What on earth do you mean 你究竟是什么意思 ② What on earth are you doing 你到底在干什么 ③ Who on earth told you that 究竟是谁告诉你这件事的 ④ Where on earth has she gone 她到底去哪儿
【注意】on earth用于否定句中，相当于not…at all，意为“一点儿也不”。① No force on earth can hold back the wheel of history. 没有什么力量能阻止历史车轮的前进。② Nothing on earth can prevent me from doing that. 没有什么能阻止我那样做。
【链接】in the earth意为“在地下，在地里”；on the earth意为“在地球上”。如： ① He buried the body of the dog in the earth. 他把那狗的尸体埋在了地下。② There are more than one million living creatures on the earth. 地球上有一百万种生物。
2) access主要用作不可数名词，意为“(向场所等的)接近，进入；接近／利用……的权利 / 机会”，作“通道”讲，也可用作可数名词。常与介词to连用。如：① It is difficult to gain access to him. 要接近他很难。② The only means of access to the building is along a muddy track. 进入这座建筑的惟一通道是一条泥泞的小路。③ All students have access to the library. 所有的学生都可以进入图书馆。④ She gave me access to her records. 她答应我借用她的唱片。
【注意】access前通常不加冠词。
16. Most of the deaths happen in rural areas, where people burn wood and coal to cook food and stay warm. 大多数的死亡发生在农村地区，那儿的人们烧木头和煤来做饭及取暖。(p.68 Reading 第一段 第2行)
1) happen主要表示“(偶然)发生”，不用于被动语态，不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。如： ① No one knew who had fired the gun—it all happened so quickly. 没有人知道谁开的枪一事情发生得太快了。② I can't understand how this happened. 我不明白这是怎么发生的。③ We shouldn't allow such things to happen again. 我们不允许再发生类似的事情。
【注意】“happen to+名词／代词”意为“(某人)发生(某情况，尤指不幸的事)，(某物)如何”。如：① If anything should happen to him, that would be too bad. 万一他要出什么事，那就糟了。 ② She hoped nothing bad would happen to him. 她希望不会有坏事发生在他身上。
happen还可表示“碰巧”，此时不能用于进行时态，主要用于“happen to do”或“It (so／just) happened that…”结构中。如：① I happened to be out when he came. 他来时我碰巧不在。② The famous actor happened to be her brother. 那位著名的演员碰巧是她哥哥。
【链接】as it happens意为“碰巧，说来也凑巧”。如：I don't have my ID card with me now, as it happens. 碰巧我没带身份证。
【辨析】happen；occur；take place：happen主要指事件或事故的偶然发生。/ occur常指意外或预料、计划中的事情发生。/ take place指有计划、有准备的事情，一般不含有偶然性，有时有“举行”的意思。三者都不是及物动词，不能用于被动语态。① When did the explosion happen／occur 爆炸是在什么时候发生的 ② When will the wedding take place 婚礼将在何时举行 ③ A leap year Occurs every four years. 每四年有一次闰年。
2) stay此处用作连系动词，意为“维持、保持(原有状态)”，其后常接副词、介词短语、形容词或名词。如：① Don't turn off here；stay on this road. 别在这儿拐弯，顺着这条路继续走。② The price has gone down, but I doubt whether it will stay down. 物价下跌了，但我怀疑
是否能保持不涨。③ The weather has stayed warm all week. 整个一周天气都很暖和。 ④ The shop stays open till eight in the evening. 商店一直营业到晚上八点。⑤ I stayed awake throughout the storm night. 那个暴风雨的夜晚我未曾合眼。⑥ He never got promoted，and stayed a private during all his time in the army. 他从未得到提升，在军队里一直是个士兵。
【辨析】stay；remain 两者在表示“仍处于原来的状态之下”意思时可互换。stay侧重短时期的状语，remain侧重长期的状态。① This letter remained／stayed in my drawer all day. 这封信在我抽屉里放了一整天。 ② It was not yet light, so it was easy to stay hidden. 开还没亮，因此很容易藏起来。③ We must always remain modest and prudent. 我们必须总是保持谦虚谨慎。④ The weather will stay fine for a few days. 天气有望能晴几天。⑤ They never remained satisfied with their success. 他们从不满足于自己的成绩。
17. Many speakers also spoke about poverty, war, and violence. 许多发言者也讲到了贫穷、战争及暴力。(p.68 Reading 第二段 第1行)
violence是不可数名词，意为“暴力；暴行；(行动或感情表现出的)强烈力量；猛烈；激烈”。如：① Many people say too much violence is shown on television. 许多人都说电视上出现的暴力镜头太多。② Whatever happens, I will never use violence. 无论如何，我绝不使用暴力。③ You don't know the violence of her anger. 你不知道她的愤怒有多激烈。④ The wind blew with great violence. 风刮得很猛。⑤ The violence of his words alarmed her. 他言辞的激烈使她震惊。
【拓展】violent是violence的形容词形式，意为“(人) 粗暴的；猛烈的；激烈的”。如：① The mad man was violent and had to be locked up. 这个精神病患者很凶暴，不得不把他锁起来。② She was in a violent temper and began throwing things about. 她大发脾气，乱扔起东西来。③ I had a violent toothache. 我牙疼得很厉害。
【注意】do violence to 对……施暴；歪曲事实; violent with violence 猛烈地
18. If we are to develop the world successfully, we must make sure that everyone is able to take part in the new world we create. 如果我们想成功地推动世界的发展，我们就必须确保每个人都能加入到我们创造的新世界里来。(p.68 Reading 第二段 第1行)
“be + 动词不定式”结构在本句中表示“计划、打算(=be going to)”。如：① We are to go to town this afternoon. 下午我们打算去城里。② We are to meet again 0n Sunday evening. 我们星期六晚上再见。③ The line is to be opened to traffic on National Day. 这条铁路将在国庆节通车。④ The Queen is to visit Japan next year. 女王将明年访问日本。
【拓展】“be + 动词不定式”的常见用法还有：(1) 表示命令，意为“必须，不得不 (= must，have to)”。如：You are to do your homework before you watch TV. 你得做完了作业才能看电视。(2) 表示可能性，相当于can，主要用于疑问句和否定句。如：① How am I to know what has become of him 我怎么知道他的遭遇呢 ② Not a sound was to be heard. 一点声音也不可能听到。(3) 表示假设。如：Certain skills must be learned if one is to use English effectively. 如果想要有效地使用英语，某些技巧是必须得学的。(4) 表示目的。如：This house is to be let or sold. 这房子出租或出售。(5) 表示结果。如：He was to blame for not locking the door. 没有锁门是他的过错。(6) 表示命运注定，通常用于过去时。如：He came to power, but he was to pay dearly for it: soon he was assassinated. 他得到了权力，但是却也为此付出了昂贵的代价：不久他就被暗杀了。(7) 用来征求对方意见。如：What are we to do during the weekend 我们周末干什么好呢 (8) 用于第二人称，有时表示转达别人的指示。如：Here is a message for you from your head-teacher: you are to go to her office after class. 你的班主任带给你一个口信，要你下课后到她的办公室去。
19. All too often, global development means that rich people get richer while the poor get poorer. 通常情况是全球性发展意味着富人越富而穷人越穷。(p.68 Reading 第二段 第3行)
1) all too用作副词，意为“太过于”。如：① The trip ended all too often. 那次旅行结束得太快了。② These scenes of violence are all too familiar. 这些暴力场面简直是太熟悉了。
2) get此处用作连系动词，表示状语的改变，其后常接形容词(表示“进入／变为某种状语”)、名词(表示“已经变化”)动词不定式(表示“由…变为…”)、过去分词(表示“突然／偶然发生某事”)和现在分词(表示“开始……起来”)。如：① I want to plant the roses before it gets dark. 我要赶在天黑之前种上这些玫瑰。② You'd better take an umbrella with you if you don't want to get wet. 不想被淋湿的话，你最好带把雨伞。③ The boy is getting(to be)a burden to the family. 这男孩子逐渐成为家里的负担。 ④ I'll soon get to know what you are planning. 我会很快明白你在计划是什么。⑤ Some glasses got broken when we were moving. 我们搬家的时候有些玻璃被打破了。⑥ We got talking，and didn't notice the time. 我们谈了起来，没有注意到时间的流逝。 ⑦ Our report is late；we must get going／moving／leaving. 我们的报告耽误了；我们必须抓紧时间做。
3) while在此用作并列连词，连接并列句，意为“而，然而”，在意义上相当于and then／but，强调两者的对比关系。如：① Motion is absolute while stagnation is relative. 运动是绝对的，而静止是相对的。 ② He is a worker while I am a doctor. 他是工人，而我是医生。③ They were surprised that a child should work out the problem while they themselves couldn't. 令他们吃惊的是，一个孩子能够做出的题目，而他们自己竟做不出来。④ Their country has plenty of oil, while ours has none. 他们国家盛产石油，而我们国家却一点儿也没有。
【注意】while应置于两个分句之间，但有时也可置于句首。如：① While I like the colour of that hat, I don't like its shape. 我虽然喜欢这帽子的颜色，但我却不喜欢其样式。② While I have no money to spend, you have nothing to spend money on. 我没有钱花，而你却有钱无处花。
【拓展】while可作从属连词引导状语从句，表示时间、让步、条件等。如：① He hurt himself while he was playing football. 他在踢足球时受了伤。② While he was respected, he was not liked. 他虽然受到尊敬，但没有受到喜爱。 ③ There will be life while there's water and air. 只要有水和空气，就会有生命。
20. Among the speakers was China's then Premier Zhu Rongji, who stressed the need for equality and fairness in the world. 在发言者中有当时的中国总理朱镕基，他强调了世界范围内平等和公正的必要性。(p.68 Reading 第二段 第5行)
1)本句中的主句部分用了倒装语序，其陈述语序是China's then Premier Zhu Rongi was among the speakers. 英语中，有时为了使句子平衡或使上下文衔接紧密，可将表语部分提前构成倒将语序。如：① Present at the meeting were Professor Huang and many other guests. 出席会议的有黄教授和许多其他客人。② Gone are the days when they could do what they liked to the Chinese people. 他们任意摆布中国人的日子已经一去不复返了。 ③ Among the goods are Christmas trees, candles and toys. 在这些物品中有圣诞树、蜡烛和玩具。
2) stress在此用作及物动词，意为“着重；强调”，也可作“重读”讲。如：① He stressed the need for careful spending if they were not to find themselves without enough money. 他强调说，他们如果不想使自己缺钱花，就有必要仔细规划各项开支。② He stressed the impor- tance of cooperation. 他强调合作的重要性。③ She stressed that we should always be honest. 他力言我们应当诚实。④ The word “machine” is stressed on its second syllable. “machine”这个单词的第二个音节要重读。
【拓展】stress也可作名词，意为“强调；重视；重要性([U])”或“压力；紧张([U；C])”。如：① The teacher laid particular stress on the need for accuracy．老师特别强调了准确的必要性。② Some schools lay (put) stress on foreign language education．某些学校重视外语教育。③ He is under great stress because of his new job. 新工作使他感到沉重的压力。
21. Richer countries have a responsibility towards poor- er countries and must do whatever they can to help others. 较富裕的国家对较贫困的国家负有责任，必须尽力帮助其他国家。(p.68 Reading 第二段 第6行)
responsibility作“责任、义务”讲，可作可数名词，常与for连用；作“职责、义务”讲，是可数名词。其反义词是irresponsibility。如：① I will take (the) responsibility for the task. 我会对那项工作负责。② Now that you're 17 you should have more sense of responsibility. 既然你17岁了，你应当有更多的责任感。③ It is his responsibility to make arrangements for the meeting. 安排该次会议是他的职责。④ The head of a large company has many responsibilities. 大公司的领导人要负责的事情很多。
【拓展】形容词responsible意为“对(尤指坏事)负责任的”，指对人负责，常与介词to连用，指对某事负责，常与介词for连用。如：① He is responsible to me for it. 这件事他对我负责。② We are responsible for our own actions. 我们应对自己的行为负责。③ The boy was responsible for feeding the chickens. 那个男孩负责喂鸡。
【注意】作此义讲，responsible是表语形容词，不能作定语。若人作主语，表示“应负责任的”，若主语是物，表示造成事实的原因。如：① Who is responsible for this terrible mess 谁应对这一团糟局面负责 ② The weather is responsible for the delay. 由于天气原因才耽误了。
22. Conferences like the Earth Summit help people understand that there exist serious problems and that there is still time to take action. 像地球峰会这样的会议帮助人们了解还存在着严重的问题及还需要时间来采取行动。(p.68 Reading 第三段 第1行)
1) conference；meeting的区别：conference比较正式，指重大、规模较大的会议或专业性较强的学术(研讨)会议。meeting为普通用语，指一般性的会议。 ① Our English teacher has gone to Beijing to attend the conference on education. 我们英语老师赴京参加教育会议。 ② The important conference was held at the Hague in 1899. 那次重要会议于1899年在海牙召开。③ We have a class meeting every Friday. 我们每周五开班会。④ When is the school sports meeting going to be held 学校运动会什么时候召开
2) 在there be结构中，根据需要be可换成stand，appear，seem，remain，exist，come，lie，happen，enter等。如： ① There once lived an old hunter in the house. 这所房子里曾经住过一位老猎人。② There seems to be some misunderstanding about the matter. 在这个问题上似乎有误会。③ There came shouts for help from the river. 从河边传来了求救声。④ There happened an event. 发生了一件事。⑤ There appear to be several reasons for changing our plans. 看来改变我们的计划有几个理由。(不能说：There appears...，因主语为复数)
3) take action意为“采取行动”。如：① The police had to take firm action to deal with the riots. 警方不得不采取果断行动来对付骚乱。② Let's see how they take action next. 且看他们下步如何。③ An action must be taken to check this tendency. 必须采取行动，制止这种倾向。
【辨析】act；action: act指短暂、简单而具体的个别动作，也用于具有某性质的动作。action指时间持续较长、复杂的、多步骤的、抽象的动作。☆在用不可数名词表示总的概念时，多用action，而不用act。① The young man did another foolish act. 这青年又做了一件傻事。② Force is the action of one object on another. 力是一物体在另一个物体上的作用。③ It was your act and you must accept the consequences. 那是你的行为，你必须自食其果。④ He is a man of action. 他是一位实践家。
23. If all of us make small changes, we could make a big difference．如果我们所有的人都做出点小的改变，那么我们就能够产生巨大的差别。(p.68 Reading 第四段 倒数第1行)
make a／the difference意为“产生差别；有影响；起重要作用”。如：① It makes a difference which you choose. 你选择哪一个，关系重大。② It makes no difference to me whether he goes or not. 不管他去或者不去，对我都没多大影响。③It doesn't make any difference to me whether you go or stay. 对我来说，你走还是留关系不大。
【拓展】make a difference 还可作“区别对待”讲。如： We should make a strict difference between friends and enemies. 我们必须严格区分敌友。
【链接】与difference构成的习惯搭配have a difference 有差异 / tell the difference 辨别差异 / split the difference 把差额平分；互让 / wipe out the difference 消除分歧／差别 / difference between A and B A与B的差别 / difference of opinion 意见分歧 / difference in age 年龄差别
24. A better understanding of the environment is necess- ary, as is the willingness to act. 更好地了解环境是必要的，这是心甘情愿的行动。(p.68 Reading 第五段 第2行)
as在此用作关系代词，引导非限制性定语从句，用来指代主句的整个概念，可置于句首、句中或句末，含有“正如……的”之意。如：① As we know，more than seventy percent of the earth's surface is covered by water. 我们知道，百分之七十以上的地球表面被水所覆盖。② This kind of computer, as is well-known, is out of date. 众所周知，这种计算机现在已经过时了。③ Yesterday Mr．Green quarrelled with his wife, as seldom happened. 昨天格林先生同妻子吵了架，他们是很少吵架的。
【辨析】as；which: 两者都可引导非限制性定语从句，指代主句或主句的一部分内容，有时可以互换，但as位置灵活，which只能置于主句之后；as常用于as has been said，as is well-known，as often happens，as may be imagined，as we know，as we can see，as we expect等结构中，而which不能；但当从句的谓语动词是否定形式或谓语类似是一个复合宾语结构时，一般用which而不用as。① Abraham Lincoln was shot at a theatre in Washington, which made the American people very sad. 亚伯拉罕·林肯在华盛顿一家剧院遭到枪杀，这使美国人民非常悲痛。② He was strongly against the idea, as would be expected. 正如可预料的那样，他强烈反对这个意见。 ③ He made the same mistake, which made the teacher very angry. 他又犯了同样的错误，这使得老师非常生气。 ④ His son turned thief, which surprised everyone in the village. 他的儿子当了贼，村里的人都感到惊奇。
【拓展】as也可用来引导限制性定语从句，主要与the same，such等连用。如：① Let children read such books as will make them better and wiser. 让孩子们读那种会使他们变得更好更聪明的书籍。② What is learned in books cannot have the same deep effect on a child's character as what is learned by experience. 书本上学来的东西对孩子品质的影响，不可能和亲自体验中学来的东西的影响一样深刻。
25. With better education, people will be able to build a better society in harmony with nature and perhaps put and end to the death and suffering caused by the big three. 受过良好的教育，人们将能够建立一个更好的社会来与大自然相协调，可能就可以结束来自三大杀手引起的死亡和痛苦。(p.68 Reading 第六段 第2行)
1) in harmony (with)意为“(感情、思想等)和睦；融洽”。如：① Her ideas were no longer in harmony with ours. 她同我们的想法不再一致了。② My cat and dog never fight — they live together in perfect harmony. 我养的猫和狗从来不打架－它们相处非常和睦。③ I had nothing in harmony with Mrs. Reed or the children, or her chosen vassalage. 我跟里德太太、她的女儿，以及她的仆人，根本都不融洽。
【拓展】be out of harmony with意为“与…不相称，不调和；与…不融洽，不和睦”。The music is out of harmony with his tastes. 这音乐不和他的趣味。
2) put an end to意为“结束；使终止”。如：① I'm determined to put an end to all these rumours. 我决心要制止所有的这些谣言。② They should put an end to that ridiculous war. 他们应该终止那场荒谬的战争了。
【链接】与end构成的常见搭配：bring…to an end 使…终止 / come to an end 完毕，结束 / make an end of 把…终止 / make(both)ends meet 量人为出 / draw to an end 结束；完成 / keep one's end up 精神饱满地对待 gain／achieve one's end 达到目的 / meet one's end 送命/ at the end of 在末尾；结束 / by the end of 到……末 / in the end 终于，归根到底 / on end 竖着；连续地
26. If the world becomes less unfair and people can get better education, much of the poverty can be wiped out. 如果世界变得公平，人们能接受好的教育，大量的贫困是能够被消灭的。(p.68 Reading 第六段 倒数第3行)
wipe out意为“擦洗……的内部；去除；消灭”。如： ① Could you wipe the basin out 把洗脸盆里面弄干净好吗 ② It was wiped out from his memory. 那件事从他的记忆中被抹掉。③ The entire population was wiped out by the terrible disease. 所有的居民都被可怕的疾病夺去了生命。④ The wicked must be wiped out of existence. 必须要消灭恶人。 ⑤ I should intensely dislike being wiped out over such an issue. 我就极不愿意为这么一个问题送掉性命。
【拓展】 wipe off 意为“擦去；(把债等)偿还；消灭掉”； wipe away 意为“擦去”。如：① It will be wiped off the earth. 它将从地球上被消灭掉。② The rain then falling wiped away all the footprints. 当时下着雨，把所有的足迹都冲洗掉了。③ He wiped his tears away (from his face).他擦掉眼泪。
27. And if poverty is less of a problem and people are better educated, there is a good chance that we will see less violence and fewer wars. 如果贫困不那么成问题，人们接受良好的教育，我们就非常可能见到较少的暴力与战争。(p.68 Reading 第六段 倒数第2行)
句中less是代词，与可数名词或不可数名词连用，意为“较少(小)的”，常与of或than连用。如： ① Can we have a bit less noise／less of that noise 少一点噪音 (少一点那种噪音) 行吗 ② He knows little of mathematics，and less of chemistry. 他数学很差，化学更差。③ To get the balance right you need a bit less of the almond flavouring and a bit more of the cinnamon. 要使味道适当，你得少放点杏仁，多加点肉桂。④ I saw less 0f her after that. 从那时起，我比以前更少见到她了。⑤ Statistics show that people now drink less beer than they used to, and smoke fewer cigarettes．统计数字表明人们现在比过去喝啤酒少了，而且抽烟也少了。
Section III 词汇、语法、综合技能
28. People of the world must make use of alternative transportation. 世界上的人必须使用其中一种交通工具。(p.71 Integrating Skills Ex.1)
alternative 用作形容词，意为“(两者或两者以上)选其一的；非此即彼的；替代的”，无比较等级形式；alternatively是其副词形式。如：① I offered the alternative suggestions of spending the vacation in the mountains or by the sea. 我提议这次度假不是到山上就是到海边去。② The way was blocked, so we had to go by an alternative road. 这条路被封锁了，所以我们必须走另一条路。③ You are welcome to come with us now in our car. Alternatively you could go later with Mary. 你可以现在搭我们的车一起走，或者你也可以等一会儿跟玛丽一起走。
【拓展】alternative用作名词是可数名词，意为“(两者或两者以上)选择；二选一”此时常用the alternative形式，也可指“可供选择的办法(或方案)”。如：① You have the alternative of speaking or of keeping quiet. 你或者发言，要不然就保持安静。② We took the alternative of walking. 我们选择步行。③ I had no money, so I had no alternative to staying (no alternative but to stay) at home.我因为没有钱，所以除了呆在家里别无选择。
【注意】We have several alternatives to choose from. (我们有几种不同的选择。) 这类句子十分常用，但经常被认为是不正确的，因为只有两种alternatives，即应是二者选一。
29. Make sure that you are ready to answer questions and defend your argument. 确保你准备好回答问题和为你的论据辩护。(p.71 Integrating Skills Ex.3)
1) be ready to do sth. 有四种意义: a. 已准备好干某事；b. 欣然做某事；c. 眼看就要做某事；d. 易于，有……的倾向。如：① We are ready at all time to start. 我们随时准备出发。 ② Are you ready to go on the trip 你准备好这次旅行了吗 ③ The soldiers were ready to die for their country. 战士们愿为国捐躯。④ I'm always ready to make friends. 我总是喜欢交朋友。⑤ The little girl was ready to burst into tears. 那小女孩快要大哭起来了。⑥ The rope was ready to break. 那条绳子快要断了。 ⑦ She is always ready to argue. 她总是喜欢争论。⑧ She is too ready to find fault. 她太爱吹毛求疵。
【链接】与ready构成的搭配：get／make ready for...为…做好准备；ready at／to hand 在手边的，手头的 get／make...ready 准备…；ready with 巧干…的；立即…的；ready against 预防；ready at 擅长于；巧干…的
2) defend在此处意为“为......辩护(答辩)”。如：① How can you defend the killing of animals for scientific research 你怎能为因科学研究而杀死动物的行为辩护呢 ② The lawyer defended the accused. 这位律师替被告辩护。③ I'm prepared to defend my ideas. 我准备好为自己的构想辩护。④ She defended herself successfully in court. 她在法庭上成功地为自己进行了辩护。⑤ I can't defend his drinking on the job. 我不能为他在工作时喝酒进行辩护。
【拓展】defend另一常见意义为“保卫… (免受…之害)；防守”。如：① When the dog attacked me, I picked up a stick and defended myself. 当那只狗攻击我时，我拾起木棍自卫。② We shall defend our country, whatever the cost may be. 无论付出什么代价，我们都要保卫我们的祖国。③ They couldn't prevent us defending the rights of workers. 他们不能阻挠我们捍卫工人的权利。
【辨析】protect；defend；guard: protect指采取一定措施，使用某些器具以保护人或物免遭损害，使用范围广泛。defend着重指用武力抵御攻击和侵犯。guard强调通过看守警戒，以确保安全。① The dog guards the house (against strangers). 狗守护着房子(不让陌生人进入)。② He put on the sunglasses to protect his eyes from the strong sunlight. 他戴上太阳镜以保护眼睛免受日光强烈照晒。
30. What we do is important because it affects the envi- ronment. 我们所做的很重要，因为它影响到了环境。(p.72 Writing 左格)
affect此处用作及物动词，意为“影响”，也可当作“感动；(疾病)侵袭”讲。如：① Does the amount of rain affect the growth of crops 降水量会影响作物的生长吗 ② My throat is affected by a cold. 感冒引起我的嗓子疼。③ All the people in the room were affected to tears. 屋里所有的人都感动得流了泪。④ The story affected us deeply. 这个故事深深地打动了我们。⑤ The disease is beginning to affect her eye-sight. 这种疾病逐渐侵袭她的视力。⑥ This disease affects millions in the world every year. 这种病每年都使世界上成百万人受到感染。
【注意】affect作“影响”讲，多指不好的影响。
【辨析】affect；effect *affect作“影响”讲是及物动词 (= have an effect on)。* effect作“影响”讲是名词；用作动词意为“产生，引起”(=produce)。
will not affect us．
Government policy
will have no effect on us.
政府的政策不会对我们有任何影响。
31. I recommend that all of us should think about what we do and what we buy. 我建议我们大家都考虑一下我们该做什么及买什么。(p.72 Writing 右格)
recommend此处用作及物动词，意为“劝告；建议”，其后主要接动名词、that从句及含有不定式的复合宾语，在that从句中须用虚拟语气：(should)+动词原形。如： ① He recommends wearing safety equipment.他建议佩戴安全装备。 ② The doctor recommended me to take a long
rest. 医生劝我长期休养。③ The teacher recommended that we (should) read the novel. 老师劝我们读那本小说。
【拓展】recommend还可意为“推荐；介绍”，常用于下列几种结构中：a. recommend + 名词 + (of名词); b. recommend + 名词 + to名词(人)；c. recommend + 名词 (人) + for动词；d. recommend+名词(人) + as名词。如： ① The pills are recommended for a cold. 那种药对治疗感冒很有效(所以可以推荐)。② Would you recommend a good dictionary to me 你能介绍一本好词典给我吗 ③ He will recommend you for the job. 他将会推荐你做那项工作。④ I recommend her as your secretary. 我推荐她当你的秘书。
【单元语法】
倒装
1) 完全倒装(谓语全部放到主语前面)
(1)为了使某种情景表达得生动形象，在以in，out，up，down，away，off，over，next，such，back等副词作状语置于句首，谓语动词是come，go，rush，run等不及物动词的句子里，如：① Out rushed the students the moment the bell rang. 铃一响，学生们就冲了出去。② Up jumped the cat and caught the mouse. 猫跳上去抓住了老鼠。③ Down drops the meat into the fox's mouth. 这块肉往下一落，掉入狐狸的嘴巴里。④ Next came Tom. 下一个来的是汤姆。⑤ Such ended his life. 他就这样结束了生命。
【注意】若主语为人称代词，则用自然语序。如：In he came and the lesson began. 他走进来开始上课。
(2) there，here，now，then，引导的句子及there／here be (exist，etc.)引导表“存在”的句子。如：① There goes the bell and class is over. 铃响了，下课了。 ② Here comes the bus. Let's hurry. 车来了，快点。 ③ Now comes your turn. 现在轮到你了。④ Then followed a shot of gun. 接着是一声枪响。⑤ Here's a letter for you. 这儿有你的一封信。 ⑥ There exist different opinions on this question. 关于这个问题有不同的意见。
【注意】若主语为人称代词，则用自然语序。如： ① There you go again. 你又来这一套。② Here you are. 给你。
(3) 表示“地点”的词语置于句首或强调“地点”概念时，应特别注意主谓一致问题。如：① Between the two buildings stands a tall tree. 在两座大楼之间有棵大树。② On the ground lay a sick goat. 地上躺着一只生病的山羊。③ Inside the Pyramids are burial rooms for the kings and queens and long passages to these rooms. 金字塔里面是皇帝、皇后的停尸房和通往这些停尸房的通道。④ At the foot of the mountain runs a river. 山脚下有一条河。
(4) “作表语的现在分词／过去分词／形容词 + 系动词 + 主语”结构须用完全倒装。如：① Sitting at the back of the room was a shy girl with two big eyes. 一个长着两只大眼睛的腼腆女孩坐在屋子的后面。② Written on the blackboard are the names of those who were late yesterday. 黑板上写着昨天迟到的人的姓名。③ Gone are the days when the women were looked down upon. 妇女受歧视的年代一去不复返了。④ Present at the meeting WSS Mr. Liu，who taught us English. 刘老师出席了会议，他教我们英语。
(5)直接引语的全部或一部分置于句首时。如： ① "Help!" shouted the boy. “救命!”这男孩大声喊道。② "Exactly," said my father, shaking the old man's hand. “一点也不错，”爸爸握着老人的手说。
【注意】若引述动词后还有间接宾语或状语时，不倒装。如：① "Why " the teacher asked him. “为什么 ” 老师问他。② "Both，sir" he answered proudly.“先生，我们都是。”他自豪地回答道。
2) 部分倒装(谓语的一部分如助动词、情态动词或系动词放到主语前面)
(1)表达否定意义或半否定意义的副词、介词短语、连词等置于句首时，常见词语有never，little，no sooner，hardly，seldom，not，by no means，in no case，in no time，not until，not a bit，many a time, scarcely， barely no longer，at no time，no sooner...than，often，hardly...when，not only...but also等。如：① Little did he know that the police were around. 他一点儿也不知道警察就在旁边。② Never before has our country been as united as it is today．现在我们的国家空前团结。③ Seldom have I seen such a big apple.我很少见到这么大的苹果。④ At no time does he do something against his will. 在任何情况下，他决不做违背他意志的事。⑤ No sooner had we reached the top of the hill than we all got down to rest. 我们一到山项，就都坐下来休息。⑥ Not only do I know her, but (also) I'm her close friend. 我不仅认识她，而且我还是她的挚友。
(2) 由only，not until引导的状语置于句首时。如：① Only when one is away from home does one realize how nice home is. 一个人只有离开家时才意识到家庭的温暖。 ② Only by working hard can we succeed. 只有通过努力工作，我们才能取得成功。③ Not until the teacher came in did he finish his homework. 直到老师进来他才完成作业。④ Not until I began to work did I realize how much time I had wasted. 直到我开始工作，我才意识到我自己浪费了多少时间。
(3) as引导让步状语从句时，意为“尽管”，通常把句中状语、表语部分或动词提前；若表语是名词，不加冠词。如：① Clever as he is, he doesn't study well. 尽管他很聪明，但学习不好。② Child as he is, he has been to many places. 尽管他还是个孩子，但他已去过许多地方。③ Much as I wanted to see him，I dare not see him. 尽管我很想去看他，但是我又不敢去看他。④ Go as you may，you can't see him. 尽管你可以去，但你不会见到他。
(4) 在so／such…that(结果状语从句)结构中，若so或such引导的部分置于句首时，用倒装语序。如: ① So shallow is the lake that no fish can live in it. 湖这么浅以致里面没有鱼。② So loudly did he speak that even people in the next room could hear him. 他说话声音这么大以至邻屋的人也能听到。③ Such a good boy is he that we all love him. 他是那么好的一个孩子，我们都喜欢他。
(5) so／neither／nor置于句首，表示前者情况也适用于后者，其句型为：so／neither／nor + be／助动词／情态动词+主语。so与前面的肯定句响应，neither，nor与后面的否定句响应。如：① After that we never saw her again, nor did we hear from her. 打那以后我们从来没见过她，也没有收到过她的信件。② I saw the film last week. So did she. 上周我看了这部电影，她也看了。③ -- I don't think I can walk any further. -- Neither can I. Let's stop here for a rest. — 我想我再也走不动了。— 我也是，咱们在这儿休息一会儿吧。④ He has passed the exam, so have I. 他考试及格了，我也是。⑤ If you don't do the work, neither shall I. 如果你不做这项工作，我也不做。
【注意】如果后一句只是单纯地重复前句内容，对其肯定或附和，此时译作“确实”，采用自然语序。如：-- John won the first prize in the contest. -- So he did. — 约翰在比赛中获得了一等奖。— 确实如此。
(6) 省略if的虚拟条件句以had／were／should开头引起的倒装。如：① Had he worked harder，he would have got through the exams. 要是他努力学习的话，他会通过考试的。② Were she my friend, I would ask her for help. 如果她是我的朋友，我就会请她帮忙。③ Should it rain tomorrow, we should have to put off the visit to the Yangpu Bridge. 如果明天下雨，我们就推迟去杨浦大桥的参观。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 17高二英语Unit10 Frightening nature知识点总复习教案
课时跟踪讲练
Section I 课前准备、听力、口语
1. How does nature form a danger to people in the world and how can science help reduce that threat. 大自然是怎样对全世界人民形成一种威胁的及科学能如何帮助减少这种威胁。( p.73 Warming Up No.3)
1) danger此处用作可数名词，意为“危害，威胁”，常与介词to或of连用。如：① The narrow bridge is a danger to traffic. 这座狭窄的桥梁对交通造成了危险。② Violent criminals like that are a danger to society. 这种暴力罪犯对社会是一种危害。③ A busy street is a danger to children. 交通流量大的街道对小孩子很危险。
【链接】像danger一样，还有些抽象名词可表示具体化的事物。如：surprise，cold，pleasure，pity，failure，success， worry，honour， experience，must，difficulty，youth，beauty，wonder，interest等；但也有些抽象名词即使没有形容词修饰也不能具体化，如：fun，advice，information，health，progress，wealth，news，weather等。如：① The experiment has turned out a success. 实验终于成功了。② Many people agree that a knowledge of English is a must in international trade today. 许多人赞成当今国际贸易中英语知识是不可缺少的东西。
2) reduce此处用作及物动词，意为“把 (数量、力量等)减少；缩小(尺寸、程度等)；降低(价格等)”，如：① I bought this shirt because it was reduced from $12 to $6. 我买了这件衬衣，因为它的价格从12英镑减到6英镑。 ② She reduced her weight by 5 kilograms. 她的体重减轻了5公斤。③ Reduce the sauce by boiling it for ten minutes. 煮十分钟把调味汁熬掉些。④ The new working method further reduced production costs. 新的操作方法进一步降低了生产成本。
【拓展】reduce还可意为“使成为(多用于被动语态且与to连用)；使处于某种状态(须与to连用)”。如：① The bomb reduced the city to ruins. 炸弹爆炸使得该城镇化为废墟。② The house was reduced to ashes. 房子被烧成了灰烬。③ He managed to reduced the group of children to silence. 他设法使这些孩子静了下来。④In the old society he was reduced to begging. 在旧社会他被逼得讨饭。
2. My friend said he was scared to death. 我的朋友说他吓得要死。(p.74 Speaking 倒数第7行)
1) scared意为“感到害怕(恐惧)的，受惊吓的”，其后常与介词of／at，动词不定式或that从句连用。如： ① Are you scared of snakes 你怕蛇吗 ② Why won't you come on the trip Are you scared 你为什么不参加旅行 你害怕吗 ③ She was scared to ride on the horse. 她怕
骑马。④ I'm scared to fly in a plane／scared that it might crash. 我很怕坐飞机旅行／很怕飞机坠毁。
【辨析】scared；frightened；terrified 三者意义相同，只是程度不同：scared语气最弱，terrified语气最强。
① I felt a bit scared when the plane took off. 飞机起飞时，我有点害怕。② The child was frightened by the big dog. 那孩子被狗吓坏了。③ I was terrified when the tiger ran towards me. 那只老虎向我扑来时，我吓坏了。
2) 本句中的介词to表示某一过程达到的结果，变为“成了…，以至变为…”。如： ① His debts amounted to 5,000 dollars. 他的负债额达到了5000美元。② The cup was broken to pieces. 那杯子破成了碎片。③ The snow soon turned to water under the rays of the sun. 在阳光照射下雪很快变成了水。④ The cake was burnt to a cinder by the time Mary got back. 玛丽回来时，点心已烤成焦炭。⑤ He drank himself to death. 他饮酒致死。⑥ To our great surprise，he didn't turn up. 使我们很奇怪的是他竟然没有露面。
3. Some people got into a total panic, when the typhoon pulled the roofs off their houses and cars went up in the air. 当台风掀掉屋顶、汽车刮上天时，有些人惊慌起来。(p.74 Speaking 倒数第4行)
1) get into a panic意为“进入恐怖状态”，其后与about连用引出原因。如：① The audience got into a panic about the fire in the theatre．观众因剧院起火而变得慌乱起来。② She got into a panic when she thought she'd forgotten the tickets. 她想起忘了带入场券时，顿时惊慌起来。
【注意】panic尤其指没有明确的理由而传开于群众间的恐慌，通常用单数形式或当作不可数名词。如：① We were thrown into a panic when the lights suddenly went off. 当灯突然熄灭时，我们陷入一片慌乱。 ② The crowd was in a panic. 群众陷入恐慌状态。
2) 句中off意为“从原位置或接触连接处移开，分离或脱落”，即从整体中去掉某一部分。如： ① One of the buttons has come off my coat. 我的衣服掉了一个纽扣。 ② The bus hit a truck and ran off the road. 那辆公共汽车撞上了一辆卡车，冲出了公路。③ She took some meat off the plate. 她从盘子里拿走了一些肉。④ You are going off the subject, aren't you 你的话离题了，不是吗
3) go up的几种常见意思：a. 上涨，提高; b. 响起；c. 爆炸, 被炸，／烧毁；d. 拔地而起。如： ① Everything seems to be going up these days. 近来什么东西好像都要涨价。② When the first stream of clear water flowed into the canal，a great cheer went up. 当第一股清泉流入水渠时，顿时一片欢腾。 ③ The tall building went up in flames. 这座大楼在熊熊烈火中烧毁了。④ New universities went up at a fantastic rate in the 1980s. 在80年代，新的大学以极快的速度建造起来。
4. Yeah, man. Now that kind of thing would really frighten me. 嗯，老兄。那种事情确实使我害怕。(p.74 Speaking 倒数第4行)
man此处用作不可数名词，用于称呼男性，意为“老兄”。如：① This party is really great, man! 老兄，这个聚会真是棒极了! ② Wake up, man，you can't sleep all day! 老兄，醒醒，你不能整天睡觉!
【链接】有关man的几种特殊用法：(1) 在男人与女人相提并论时，man前不用冠词，单独用。如：Man is stronger than woman. 男人比女人强壮。(2)用作不可数名词，表示“人类”时，不和冠词连用。如：Man must fight for his own existence. 人类必须为自己的生存而奋斗。(3) men and woman是固定短语，词序不能颠倒，表示“男女”。如：This TV play is so interesting that men and women，boys and girls like to watch it. 这部电视剧非常有趣，男女老少都爱看。(4)含man的几条谚语：① So many men，so many minds. 人各有志。② Like master，like man. 有其主必有其仆。③ Dead man tell no tales. 死人不会泄露。④ A man can die but once. 人无二死。⑤ A man can do n0 more than he can. 凡事应量力而行。⑥ A man can not spin and reel at the same time. 一心不能二用。 ⑦ A man has choice to begin love, but not to end it. 谈爱容易摆脱难。⑧ Men may meet but mountains never. 人生何处不相逢。⑨ A man of words and not of deeds is like a garden full of weeds. 光说不做的人有如光生长野草的花园。⑩ No man is born wise or learned. 人非生而知之者。 No man is wise at all times. 智者千虑必有一失。
5. It makes my hair stand on end.这令我毛骨悚然。(p.75 Useful expressions)
on end意义有二：a. 直立；b. 连续的，继续地（也可以说 right / straight on end）。如：We had to stand the table on end to get in through the door. 我们只能把桌子竖起才能把它抬进这门。The terrible sight made her hair stand on end. 那可怕的景象使她毛骨悚然。He sat there for hours on end. 她连续几个小时坐在那儿。It has been snowing on end for a week.雪连续下了一周。
Section II 阅读
6. You asked me to write you something about the death of my uncle Pliny, who died in an unforgettable disaster. 你叫我写信告诉你有关我叔叔普利尼死亡的一些情况，他是在一次难忘的灾难中去世的。(p.76 Reading 第一段第2行)
disaster意为“灾难；惨事；灾害；不幸”，可用作可数名词，也可用作不可数名词，它主要表示突然降临的使个人生命财产受到损失或毁掉某人事业、前途的灾难，也指自然灾害。如：① The flood was a terrible disaster, hundreds of people died. 那次洪水是一场可怕的灾难，有数以百计的人丧生。② Everything was going well, and then suddenly disaster struck. 一切正进展顺利的时候，突然发生了可怕的事情。③ The election results will bring political disaster. 这次选举的结果会在政治上引起严重的不良后果。④ The crash was the worst air disaster this year. 那次飞机坠毁事件是今年最严重的空难。
【拓展】惹祸：cause／court / invite disaster
遭受灾害：experience／meet／suffer (a) disaster
7. We lived in southern Italy. 我们居住在意大利南部。(p.76 Reading 第二段第1行)
south，southern，southward (s)；southerly (这类词汇)
(1) 为明确地给地球表面划定范围，尤其是政治范围时，我们通常用south，north，east；west；对于不太明确的范围划分，通常用southern，northern，eastern，western。如：South Africa南非 Southern Africa南部非洲(包括南部非洲许多地方，不光指南非) East China华东the eastern part of China中国的东部(不光指华东地区)
(2) south等词，重点在形容方位或从哪个方向来的；而southern等词则指从某一固定地点看某一方向，或指某物来自何方向或某个方向。如：the North Pole北极the Western Hills西山(指从北京看，西山在西方)
(3) south等作副词时，和southward (s)等意义相同，但后者较少使用；southward (adj.& adv.)等词比south (adj. & adv.)等“朝、向”概念更强。如： ① Our house faces south／southward. 我们家的房子朝南。② After having travelled 15 miles, we turned eastwards. 我们走了15英里后就转往东去了。③ They advanced in a westward direction. 他们朝西方行进。
(4) southerly等词用于表示气流和风向，意为“来自某方向”(主要指“偏南”等)。如：The southerly air stream will bring rain. 南来的气流会带来雨水。
【注意】方位名词south，north，east，west等常与定冠词连用。如：① The airport is a few kilometres to the
south of London. 机场位于伦敦以南几公里处。② The clouds are coming from the west. 那些云自西边涌起。
8. On the 24th of August in 79 AD, between two and three in the afternoon my mother drew my uncle's attention to a cloud of unusual size and shape. 在公元79年8月24日那天，下午两三点时分我妈妈让我叔叔注意到了一片不同寻常大小和形状的云。(p.76 Reading 第二段 第2行)
1) draw one's attention : “引起某人注意” 我们可说：attract／capture／catch／command／draw／get／bring to one's attention。如：① Her shouts drew the attention of the police. 她的喊叫声引起了警察的注意。② He drew atten- tion to the rising unemployment. (=The rising unemploy- ment drew his attention.)失业率的日渐升高引起了他的注意。③ I drew his attention to the fact. 我使他注意此事。④ The matter attracted our attention. 那件事引起了我们的注意。⑤ She waved her hand to catch my attention. 她挥手以引起我的注意。
【链接】与attention构成的常见搭配：devote one's attention to 专心于；give／pay attention to 注意；hold one's attention on 将注意力集中在；direct／turn one's attention to 将注意力转向；fix one's attention on 留意，专心于；with attention 专心，注意地；stand at attention 立正；Attention，please! 请各位注意!
【注意】pay one's attention to 还意为“向女人献殷勤”。
【拓展】attention 除作“注意”讲，还可意为“照料；治疗；亲切；殷勤”。如：① The boy shows his mother much attention. 这男孩非常关心他母亲。② The patient needs immediate attention. 那病人需要立即治疗。③ He tried to win her heart by a lot of attention. 他向她献殷勤以获芳心。
2) be of a (n)／the／the same +表示年龄、形状、大小、样式、种类等名词，可在句中作定语或表语，说明名词的特征或性质。如：① The two boys are of middle height. 这个男孩中等个子。② Birds of a feather flock together. 物以类聚。③ They are of the same age. 他们年龄一样大。 ④ The two rooms are of a size. 这两个房间一样大小。
8. We watched it rising from a mountain — at such a distance we couldn't tell which one, but we later learnt that it was Mount Vesuvius. 我们看见它是从一座山上升起来的－在这么远的地方我们分辨不出是哪座山，但后来我们得知那是维苏威火山。(p.76 Reading 第二段 第3行)
1) at a distance意为“从远处；隔开一段距离”。如：① Dogs that bark at a distance never bite. 在远处叫的狗不咬人。② The sound of the waterfall can be heard at a distance of 2 miles. 在2英里外就能听到瀑布声。 ③ The pyramids are visible at a distance of several kilometres. 一座座金字塔在数英里的地方就能看到。 ④ While she was yet at some distance，he turned and saw her. 她在远处还有一段距离时，他转身看到了她。⑤ She kept him at a distance until he had proved he could be trusted. 在他证明自己确实可依赖之前，她一直对他很冷淡。
【链接】与distance构成的短语：from a distance 从远处 in the distance 在远处，远方的；keep one's distance 保持距离；不亲近；keep sb. at a distance 冷待某人； go the full distance 走完全程；work out distance 计算出距离；by distance 按里程；within hearing distance 在能听到的地方
2) tell此处意为“断定；辨别；识别；看出”，通常用于否定句和疑问句, 与can, could或be able to连用。如：① The two brothers are so much alike that it is almost impossible to tell one from the other. 这两兄弟非常相像，几乎不可能把他们分辨出来。② I can't tell which bag is hers. 我分辨不出哪一个手提袋是她的。③ Can you tell the difference between the two 你能看出两者之间的差别吗 ④ No one can tell what will happen in the future. 谁也不知道将来会发生什么。⑤ I can't tell whether／if it's right. 我不能判定此事是对还是错。
9. The sight of it awoke the scientist in my uncle to go and see it from closer at hand. 目睹到这情景，身为科学家的我叔叔决定到近处观察。(p.76 Reading 第二段第5行)
1) 介词in在此表示同一性，意为“在……(身)上”。如：① And you will have another supporter in me. 你还有另一个支持者，那就是我。② In her I see a future leader. 我看出她是一位未来的领袖人物。③ You will always have a friend in me. 我将永远是你的一位好朋友。④ She didn't have it in her to cheat. 她不会做骗人的事情。
2) at hand此处意为“在近处”，为固定搭配。如：① For- tunately there was someone at hand, so we asked him to deliver the message at once. 幸好附近有人，因此我们就请他立即把信送去。② They live close at hand. 他们住在附近。
【拓展】at hand还可作“即将来到，在手边”讲。如：① I always keep a dictionary (ready) at hand. 我总是把词典放在手边。② I haven't my book at hand, but I'll show it to you later．我的书不在手头，以后再给你看吧。③ The autumn harvest is at hand. 秋收即将到来。④ Victory is near at hand, but we still have to keep on fighting. 胜利已经在望，但我们还是继续战斗。
【注意】at hand也常用下列形式：near／close at hand，next one's hand，ready at hand，ready to hand，to hands；在美国英语中，也说on hand。
【链接】与hand构成的介词短语：at the hand(s)of sb. 出自某人之手；at first hand 直接地，亲自的；by hand 用手(做)的；靠工人；from hand to hand 从一人(之手)转到他人(之手)；from hand to mouth 仅够糊口地；hand in glove 非常亲密的；同伙地；hand in hand 携手，共同地 hand to hand 短兵相接地；on (the) one hand 一方面；on the other hand 另一方面；out of hand 立刻，马上；to hand 在手边，在手中；under one's hand 由某人签名的；with one's own hands 由某人亲自
10. He hurried to a place from which others were fleeing, and held his course directly into danger. 他急忙赶到一个别人从此逃走的地方，直奔危险地带。(p.76 Reading 第三段 第4行)
flee 用作不及物动词，意为“(尤指因害怕)逃走(掉)；消失(散)”；也可用作及物动词，意为“逃离；逃避”。其过去式、过去分词为fled，fled。如：① The spectators fled in panic when the bull got loose. 那头公牛挣开了束缚，吓得观众急忙四散逃走。② The family fled (from) the burning house. 那家人从燃烧的房子中逃了出来。③ The enemy soldiers fled in all directions. 敌兵四下溃逃。④ Mists flee before the rising sun. 日出雾散。⑤ His hope fled when he was refused the admittance to the company. 当他被拒绝进入这家公司时，他希望破灭了。⑥ We were forced to flee the country. 我们被迫逃往国外。
【注意】在现代英语中，flee的现在时及现在分词形式通常用fly的相应形式fly和flying来替代。
【拓展】一句多译：他从那个国家逃跑了。
① He fled from that country.
② He flew (from) that country.
③ He escaped from that country.
④ He ran away from that country.
【辨析】flee; escape; fly; run away
flee 强调逃跑的行为本身，常含有“惧怕”的意味，可用作vt. & vi.。escape 强调逃跑的结果，即“跑掉”，只用作vi.。fly 强调逃跑的仓促性，通常带有紧急的意味，可用作vt. & vi.。run away 多用于口语，含有“不辞而别”的意味，只用作 vi.。① He escaped from / out of the burning house. 他从燃烧着的房子里逃了出来。② He came flying into the room. 他飞一样地奔进房间来。③ The boy ran away from home and went to sea. 那男孩离家出走，当上了海员。
11. Ash and bits of rock that were burnt black were falling onto the ship now，darker and more, the closer they went. 灰烬和片片烧黑的岩石开始往船上掉落，他们走得越近，就越黑更多。(p.76 Reading第四段第1行)
darker and more, the closer they went属于“the more...the more...”结构，意为“越…，越…”，前者为从句，后者为主句，在本句话中，主从句语序颠倒。且省略了从句中的the。如：① The more people you know，the less time you have to see them. 你认识的人越多，你见他们的时间就越少。 ② The more you study, the more you know. 学得越多，懂得就越多。 ③ The busier the old man is, the happier he feels. 那位老人越忙越高兴。④ The smaller the room or the more people in it, the faster the air becomes bad. 房子越小或里边的人越从，空气变坏的就越快。⑤ It becomes(the)colder, the higher we go up in the air. 我们越是往上天气就越冷。
【注意】(1) 前一个the是关系副词，表示程度范围等 (= by how much，in whatever degree)；后一个the是指示副词(= by so much，in that degree)。(2)有时根据具体语境可使用省略结构。如：① The more, the better．越多越好。② The sooner, the better．越快越好。
12. He paused for a moment wondering whether to turn back as the captain urged him. 当船长催促他时，他暂时停了一会儿想想是否返回。(p.76 Reading 第四段 第2行)
1) pause；break的区别：*pause 指动作的暂时停顿，语气较缓和。* break 指活动过程中为某种目的的暂时中断。* pause 常用来指说话或朗读中的换气或停顿的地方，也指战争期间的停火等。① The teacher played the tape with a pause after each sentence. 老师在放录音带时第一个句尾暂停一下。② I had to pause for breath. 我不得不停下来喘口气。③ Government sources said there would be no prolonged pause in the war. 据官方消息，这场战争的时间不会长久。④ Let's have a tea break to have a talk. 咱们喝点茶休息一下聊聊天。⑤ She has worked for 4 hours without a break. 她一口气干了4小时，没有休息一会儿。 ⑥ The workmen took a break so we enjoyed a brief respite from the noise. 工人们休息了一下，所以我们能够享受片刻的安宁。
2) for a moment意为“一会儿”(=for a while)。如： ① There was silence for a moment, then someone came out with a most useful suggestion. 沉默了一会儿，然后有人提出一项极有用的建议。② The question was so unexpected that, for a moment, she was at a loss how to act up properly. 问题来的这么突然，她一时不知道如何做出恰当的反应。③ I'll stay for a moment. 我要呆一会儿。
【注意】not for a moment意为“一刻也不；绝不”。如：① I don't for a moment doubt his innocence. 我绝不怀疑他的清白。② Not for a moment would I think that you did it. 我认为这绝对不是你干的。
【链接】与moment构成的介词短语：at the moment 此刻，当时；at the last moment 在紧要关头； for the moment 目前，暂时；in a moment 立即，马上； of the moment 现在的，目前的；to the (very) moment (时间)正好；at any moment 在任何时候；from the first moment 从开始起
3) whether；if的区别：whether；if作“是否”讲，一般可以互换，但下列情况例外，只能用whether：a. 后接动词不定式时; b. 引导的主语从句或宾语从句置于句首时；c. 引导表语从句或同位语从句时；d. 作动词discuss及介词的宾语从句时; e. 其后紧跟or not时。① I wonder whether to tell her or not. 我不知道该不该告诉她。② Whether this is true or not, I can't say. 这是不是真的，我不敢说。③ Whether he would come was uncertain. 他是否来还不清楚。④ The question whether the Prime Minister should resign must be decided soon. 首相应不应该辞职的问题必须迅速决定。⑤ The problem is whether she can arrive on time. 问题是她能否按时来到。⑥ -- When shall we leave for London -- It depends on whether she's ready. — 我们何时动身去伦敦 — 要看她是否准备好了。⑦ He didn't say whether or not he would be staying there. 他没说他是否将在那里停留。⑧ We discussed whether we should dose the shop. 我们讨论了是否该把门关掉。
13. Upon arrival, my uncle hugged Pompy and tried to give him courage. 刚一到达那里，我叔叔就拥抱宠培并尽量为他鼓足勇气。(p.76 Reading 第5段 第3行)
“on／upon + 名词／动名词”可在句中作状语，意为“一……就”，相当于as soon as引导的时间状语从句。如： ① On／Upon his return from Beijing, he began his research work. 他一从北京回来，就立即开始了他的研究工作。② The boys stood up on the entrance of the head teacher. 班主任一进来，孩子们就起立。③ On his arrival at the airport, he was arrested by the police。他一到机场就被警察抓住了。④ The woman cried out on bearing the strange whistle. 那妇女一听到那奇怪的哨音便立即大叫起来。⑤ On reading it，he found that a servant of the family in France had been put into prison, though no fault of his own. 看了信，他得知他法国家中的一个仆人无辜地被关进了监狱。
【链接】 “一…就…”表达法种种：(1) as soon as；once：As soon as she heard the news, she burst into tears. 一听到这个消息，她就大哭起来。(2) the (very) moment (instant，minute，second，etc.)：The moment she saw the snake, she turned pale. 一见到蛇，她的脸变得苍白。(3) instantly；immediately; directly：The young lady had rushed into the room immediately she heard a noise. 那位年轻女子一听到响声就冲进了房间。(4) no sooner...than；hardly...when／before：I had hardly got into the car when／before I heard a man call my name. 我刚一踏进车子就听见有人叫我。(5) at／with+名词词组：With the first appearance of the sun, the birds begin to sing. 太阳一出百鸟鸣。
14. He bathed and had dinner, giving everyone the impression that there was no danger at all. 他洗了澡，吃了饭，给大家一种根本就没有危险的印象。(p.76 Reading 第5段 第5行)
impression作“印象”讲，可作可数名词或不可数名词。如：① His speech made quite an impression on the audience. 他的演说给听众留下了相当好的印象。② First impressions are often wrong. 第一印象往往是靠不住的。 ③ His behavior gave her a had impression. 他的行为给她留下了一个恶劣的印象。
【注意】 ① “给某人留下印象”可说 leave／make／have a...impression that...。② “觉得，以为”不能说 in one's impression，而说be under the impression that．”。③ his impression of her = her impression on him
【拓展】impress 作“使(某人)印象深刻”时，通常用于被动语态，不用进行时，常用于be impressed by／at / with sth. 或be impressed on one's mind／memory 结构；impress还可作“使(某人)铭记”讲，常用 impress sth. on sb. 或impress sb. with sth. 结构。如：① The teachers were most impressed by your performance in the exam. 所有老师被你们的考试成绩所深深感动。② We've tried the new product and we're favorably impressed with it. 我们已试过这种新产品，对它相当满意。③ My father impressed on me the value of hard work. (=My father impressed me with the value of hard work.)父亲要我铭记努力工作的重要性。④ She impressed me as a woman of great kindness. 在我印象中，她是一位非常仁慈的女性。
15. He looked more asleep than dead. 他看上去与其说是死了，倒不如说是睡着了。(p.76 Reading 第6段 第5行)
(1) more…than…除表示“比……更……之外”，此处意为“与其说……倒不如说……”。如：① He was more frightened than angry. 与其说他生气了，倒不如说他是吓坏了。② The book seems to be more a dictionary than a grammar. 这本书看起来与其说是一本语法书，倒不如说是一本词典。③ She is more thoughtless than stupid. 与其说她笨，倒不如说她粗心大意。
(2) asleep是表语形容词，不能作定语，若须前置定语，须用sleeping。如：① I fell asleep while watching TV. 我在看电视时睡着了。② Let sleeping dogs lie. (谚)少管闲事免得烦；不捅马蜂窝，蜂也不来蛰。
【链接】仅作表语的形容词有afraid，alike，awake，alone，ashamed，asleep，alive，ill，well，glad，content，sorry (抱歉的)，sure (确信的)等。
16. You can pick out the important bits, for it is one thing to write a letter, another to write history, one thing to write to a friend, another to write for the public. 你可以选择点重要的部分，因写信是一回事，编写历史是另一回事，给朋友写信是一回事，为大众写作又是一回事。(p.76 Reading 第7段第2行)
pick out此处意为“(精心)挑选出”。如：① She picked out a scarf to wear with the dress. 她挑选了一条围巾以配上她穿的衣服。② My mother is going to help me pick out a new suit. 母亲要帮我挑选一套新衣服。 ③ Pick out the book you're interested in. 挑出你感兴趣的书来。
【拓展】pick out还可作“(从多数中)找出，分辨出；了解，领会(意义)；(以不同的颜色)衬托，使显眼”。如： ① Can you pick out your brother in this crowd 你能从这些人中找出你兄弟吗 ② This sailor has an eye accustomed to picking out objects far at sea. 这水手的眼睛惯于辨别远处海上的东西。③ Goether did not know Greek well and had to pick out its meaning with the help of a Latin dictionary. 歌德不谙希腊语，须借拉丁词典把意义弄明白。④ The houses in the painting were picked out in white. 画中的房子在白色衬托下非常突出。
【链接】由pick构成的动词短语：pick and choose 挑三拣四；pick...apart 分解；严厉批评；pick at 指责；吃一点点；pick off 摘去；一个个地射杀；pick on／upon 选择(某人)(做讨厌的事)；pick over (慎重地)选择；pick up 拾起；(用车)接人；得到；收听；pick holes in 挑毛病
Section III 词汇、综合技能
17. The Nanshan was on her way from the south to Fuzhou, with Chinese workers on board，returning to their home villages in the province of Fujian. 南山号正从南方驶往福州，船上载着返回福建省老家的中国工人。(p.79 Integrating Skills第1段 第2行)
1) on board在此意为“在船(飞机、车)上” (=on a ship／plane／train)，它也可用“到船(飞机，车)上去”讲(=onto or into a ship／plane／train)。如： ① I left the station after she went on board the train. 她上火车后我才离开车站。② As soon as I'm on board a ship, I always feel sick. 我一到船上，就感到恶心。③ As soon as we went on board, our ship left port. 我们一上船，船就出港了。④ There are more than two hundred passengers on board the plane. 当时飞机上有200多名旅客。
【拓展】on board还可作“相并行，支持的；合作的” 讲。如：① Several ships were on board each other. 几艘船并列航行。 ② The essence of Haig's report was that Thien was still "not on board". 黑格的报告的实质就是说蒂欣仍然“不合作”。
【辨析】on the board，on the boards；on board
on the board意为“将在会上讨论”；on the boards意为“当演员”；on board意义见上述讲解。 ① The point will be laid on the board of the next meeting. 这一点将在下次会议上讨论。 ② He has been on the boards an his life. 他当了一辈子演员。
2) return作“返回，回来”讲是不及物动词，作“归还，回报”讲是及物动词。如：① He has just returned to／from the U. S. 他刚回到美国(刚从美国回来)。② Let's return to the topic. 咱们言归正传吧。③ You should return the book to the shelf after you read it. 你读完书后应该放回书架。④ She smiled as I entered the room. I returned the smile. 我进房时，她微微一笑，我也报以微笑。
18. The heat was close. 大热天非常闷热。(p.79 Integra- ting Skills第1段第4行)
1) heat意为“炎热的天气”(=hot weather)。
2) close意为“不通风的，闷热的”。如：① I can't walk about in this heat. 我不能在这么炎热的天气里到处走动。 ② We like living in a tropical country but We couldn't stand the heat. 我们喜欢住在热带地区，但却受不了那里炎热的气候。 ③ It's very close in here; open the window. 这里很闷，把窗子打开吧。④ It was a close day. 这是一个闷热的天气。
19. "There's some dirty weather knocking about." “要有恶劣天气肆虐了。” (p.79 Integrating Skills第2段第2行)
1) dirty在口语当中可作“令人不愉快的；恶劣的；(脸色)难看的；(气候)恶劣的”。如：① The fishermen won't g0 out on such a dirty night. 渔民在这样气候恶劣的晚上不出海。② She gave me a dirty look. 她很不高兴地瞪了我一眼。
2) knock about常见意义有：a. (风浪)冲击(船只); b. 粗暴对待；c. 接连打击；d. 存在，活着；e. 到处漫游。如：① The ship has been badly knocked about by the storm. 这只船被暴风雨冲击得很厉害。② If that men knocks his wife about any more he'll be sent to prison. 要是那个人还虐待妻子，他就要被送进监狱。③ There's nothing to do here；let's go into that field and knock a ball about for an hour or so. 这儿无事可做，咱们去那个场子打半个来小时的球吧。④ There's plenty of money knocking about if you know where to look. 金子有的是－如果你知道哪儿去找的话。⑤ I've knocked about in most parts of the world in my time. 我这辈子差不多游遍了整个世界。
【链接】与knock构成的动词短语：knock back 反击；猛喝(大量酒)；knock down 把(人)击倒，拆除； knock in 敲进(钉子等)；knock into 将……打入；强迫灌输；knock off 停止(工作)；减(价)；knock out 击倒；打败；敲出；knock over 推翻；撞到；knock up 敲门叫(人)起床；knock together (两物)互撞；knock against 撞；偶然遇见
20. "What's up " Jukes, the engineer, asked.“出了什么事 ”工程师朱克斯问道。(p.79第2段第3行)
What's up 在非正式文体中相当于What's happening What's the matter 意为“(不好的事)出了什么事 ”。如： ① What's up Why are they crying 出什么事了 他们为什么哭 ② I knew something was up when I saw the smoke. 当我看到冒烟时，我知道一定是出事了。③ What's up，Mike You look pale. 怎么啦，麦克 你看起来(脸色)苍白。
5. "It looks as if a typhoon is coming on." said the Captain. “看起来好像要来台风了，” 船长说道。(p.79 Integrating Skills 第2段第4行)
come on此处意为“开始，来临”，从句中的进行时表示将来的动作。如：① There is a storm coming on. 暴风雨要来了。② Winter is coming on, you can feel it in the air. 冬天要来了，你从空气中就能感觉到。③ It came on to snow heavily towards the evening. 黄昏时分，大雪纷飞。 ④ The rain came on again while we were working in the fields. 我们正在田野中干活，又下起雨来了。
【拓展】come on意思较多，常见的还有：a. 跟随，随后; b. 进行，进展；c. (演员，演奏者，选手等) 出场，(电视)播放，(电影，戏剧)上演；d. (突然) 袭击; e. (用于祈使句，催促对方，表示劝诱、激励、鼓励、挑战、注意等)来吧、好啦、赶快、来呀、得了吧。如：① You had better go now, I'll come on later. 你最好现在就走，我随后就来。② You have come on well with your tennis. 你的网球进步很快。③ What time does the news come on 新闻几点钟寸开始播报呢 ④ Fear came on her when all the lights suddenly went out. 所有的灯突然熄灭时，她感到一阵恐惧侵袭上来。⑤ -- I'll take at least two hours to do this. -- Oh, come on! I could do it in 20 minutes! — 做这件事我至少需花2个小时。— 咳，得啦!我只要20分钟就可以做完。⑥ Come on, children, or we'll be late! 快点，孩子们，不然我们就晚了。
21. "Whatever there might be," said Jukes, "we are steaming straight into it".“不管是什么，”朱克斯说，“我们都要径直行驶进去。”(p.79 Integrating Skills 第3段第1行)
1) steam在此用作不及物动词，意为“(蒸汽机、轮船、火车等) 行驶”。如：① The ship steamed into the harbour. 船驶入了港湾。② The train steamed into the station. 火车喷着蒸汽驶入车站。③ The ship steamed at twelve knots. 轮船以每小时十二里的速度行驶。
【拓展】steam还可作“冒热气，把蒸汽用于…，蒸发”讲。如：① The kettle is steaming．水壶在冒热气。 ② That woman often likes to steam the skin by covering it with hot towels. 那位妇女常常喜欢用蒸汽蒸皮肤，把皮肤用热毛巾包起来。
【链接】由steam构成的习惯搭配：at full steam 全力以赴地，全速；full steam ahead 全速前进； get up steam 加把劲；steam off 用蒸汽使(某物)脱离；steam up (使)蒙上蒸汽；under steam (事情)在进行中；under one's own steam独立地；pick up steam (车)渐渐加速；run out of steam 筋疲力尽；work off steam 使劲干活
2) straight作“直的(地)”讲，其形容词和副词同一种形式，不要在副词后加一ly后缀。如：① Can you make this wire straight 你能把这铁丝拉直吗 ② The road goes straight across the desert. 那条道路笔直穿过沙漠。
【辨析】 direct；straight：表示“直接去某地”时，用direct (ly) 或straight, direct侧重“直接”，中途不停，而straight 侧重“直”不拐弯。 ① They went direct(1y)／straight home after school. 他们放学后直接回家。② The pupils sat straight, listening to their teacher. 学生们笔直地坐着听老师讲课。(此处不能用direct)
22. "She's done for", Captain MacWhirr said to himself. “她可完了，”麦克沃尔船长心里想。(p.79 Integrating Skills 第4段第4行)
1) do for在此意为“使完蛋，毁掉”，一般用作be done for结构。如：① He took nobody's advice but persisted in his wrong-doing．And now it has done for him. 他谁的劝告都不听，坚持错误，现在他可完了。② I'm afraid he is done for; he won't go over pneumonia at his age. 恐怕他这下子算是完了，他那个年纪得了肺炎是好不了的。③ I'm afraid these shoes are done for; throw them away. 这鞋子算是坏了，扔掉吧。
【拓展】do for还可意为“可做…用；对…适用；照料；替某人管家；得到(食物、饮料等)”。如：① This place will do for a gymnasium. 这地方可做体育馆用。② This room is rather small, but it will do for me. 这房间是小一点儿，但对我来说，也就可以对付了。 ③ Her neighbour did for her during her illness. 她生病期间，由一位邻居照料她。④ How will you do for water while crossing the desert 你们越过沙漠时，水的问题怎么解决呢
2) say to oneself 意为“心里想”，相当于think to oneself。如：① He said／thought to himself that there was
something wrong. 他想其中有毛病。② "You shall repent this," said Jim to himself. “总有一天你会后悔，”约翰心里想。③ "I've got to go," she said to herself. 她心想，“我必须走了”。
【拓展】talk to oneself；think aloud意为“自言自语”，而非与say to oneself相同。如：He's always talking to himself. 他总是在自言自语。(=He is always saying something to himself.)
23. "Will she live through this " “她能挺得过去吗 ” (p.79 Integrating Skills第4段第5行)
live through意为“活过；经历(困难，危险等) 而未死”，不能用于被动语态。如：① I don't know how I lived through the next week，waiting for the result. 我不知道我是怎样在等待结果中度过了下一周的。② I couldn’t live through another day like that. 照这样我一天也熬不下去了。③ The patient will not live through the night. 那病人将无法活过今晚。④ We never dreamt we'd have to live through another war. 我们做梦也没想到，我们还要经历一次战争。
【链接】与live有关的常见搭配：live over 再活一次；live up to 配得上；遵从(主义等)行动；live under sth. 生活在…下；live on 以…为主食；靠…生计；live by 以…为生；live down 改过自新；live for 渴望
24. With a tearing crash, tons of water fell upon the deck, as though the ship passed under a waterfall. 伴随着一声巨响，数吨水落在甲板上，好像船从瀑布下穿过一般。(p.79 Integrating Skills 第5段第5－6行)
1) with此处表示“与…同时／随时”，表示伴随情况。如：① Temperatures vary with the time of the year. 气温随季节的变化而变化。② With the approach of Christmas the weather turned colder. 圣诞节临近时天气变得更冷了。③ The girl seemed to be growing prettier with each day. 那女孩好像长得一天比一天漂亮了。
2) fall on／upon此处意为“落在”，也可作“猛烈进攻，袭击；向‘食物’猛扑过去；(节日等)适逢；(责任等)落在(某人)身上”讲。如：① They fell on the enemy vigorously. 他们猛烈地向敌人进攻。② The hungry children fell on the food. 饥饿的孩子们向食物扑去。③ This year National Day falls on a Monday.今年国庆节适逢星期一。④ Why do these expenses fall on me 我为何要负担这些费用
【注意】 fall on hard times意为“遭遇痛苦”；fall on one's feet意为“幸免于难”(源于猫从高处落下能站稳。
3) as though (=as if) 可用来引导状语从句或表语从句，意为“好像／仿佛……”，其内容往往是主观的想象或夸大性的比喻，在书面语中，从句谓语动词常用虚拟语气形式，有下列三种情况：a. 从句情况发生在主句之前，用过去完成时。b. 从句情况与主句同时发生，用过去时或过去进行时。c. 从句情况发生在主句之后，用过去将来时。① He walked slowly as though he had hurt his leg. 他走路缓慢，好像腿受了伤的样子。② It is as if she had known me for years. 她好像认识我许多年了。③ Crusoe heard a noise，as though someone was breathing. 克鲁索听到了嘈杂声，好像有人在呼吸。④ She always talks to me as though she were／was my sister. 她总是以我姐姐的语气跟我说话。⑤ The black sky looks as though it would fall. 漆黑的天空好像要塌下来似的。
【注意】如果as though从句中的谓语动词是表示状态的be，exist，have，belong to等时，动词一般用过去式。如：He took the dictionary away as though it belonged to him. 他拿走了这本词典，好像词典是他的似的。
【注意】当主句谓语动词是seem，look，feel，smell，taste等连系动词时，从句中情况发生的可能性又很大，从句要用陈述语气。如：① The meat tastes as though it has already gone bad. 肉尝起来好像已经坏了。② It looks as though we shall have to do the work ourselves. 看起来我们得自己做这项工作了。
【注意】as though／if有时不接从句，而接形容词、分词、副词、动词不定式或介词短语等，也可看作是从句的省略形式。如：① She hurriedly left the room as if angry. 她急匆匆地离开了房间，好像很生气的样子。 ② He stared at the girl as though seeing her for the first time. 他盯着那位姑娘看好像是第一次看到她似的。③ He opened his mouth as if to speak. 他张开嘴巴，好像要说话似的。④ She was talking a11 the while excitedly, as though to herself. 她好像一直对自己兴奋地说个不停。
25. "We have done it, Sir," he whispered. 他低声说道：“先生，我们已经挺过来了。” (p.80 Integrating Skills第1段第2行)
whisper 在此意为“低语”，用作及物动词，也可用作不及物动词或名词。如：① She whispered a warning to me and then disappeared. 她低声警告了我一声就不见了踪影。② She said it in a whisper, so I couldn't hear. 她小声说的这件事，所以我没听见说的是什么。③ He is whispering to his sister. 他向他姐姐窃窃私语。④ He whispered to her so that no one could hear. 他对她低声耳语以使别人听不见。
【拓展】whisper还可作“(树叶或风等)飒飒做响；把(秘密等)悄悄传开，背后议论(常用于被动语态)” 讲。如： ① The wind whispered through the pines. 风透过松林发出飒飒声。② It's whispered that he is heavily in debt. 据秘传他负债累累。
【注意】whisper若接双宾语，间接引语无论位置在前或在后，其前必须加介词to，直接宾语是代词时，只能置于间接宾语之前；是从句时，只能置于间接宾语之后。如：① She's whispering a story to her daughter. 她低声地给女儿讲故事。② She whispered it to him. 她低声对他说了那件事。③ She whispered to him that she was going to London next week. 她低声对他说她下周将去伦敦。
26. "Wind fell all at once. The trouble's not over yet." said Captain MacWhirr half aloud.“风突然减弱了，麻烦还没有结束。”麦克沃尔船长几乎大声地说。(p.80 Integrating Skills 第1段 第2行)
(1) all at once意为“突然” (= suddenly)。如： ① All at once he spoke out. 他突然大胆说出来。 ② There was a change m the weather all at once. 天气突然发生了变化。
【链接】与once构成的短语：once upon a time 从前(用于故事开头)；once or twice 几次；once and again 一而再，反复；once for all 一劳永逸地；断然；once more (=once again) 一再，再三；(for)this once 只这一次； once in a while 有时，偶尔；be at once...and不但，而且
(2) half此处用作副词，意为“一半，几乎，不完全地” 如：① These potatoes are only half cooked. 这些土豆煮得只是半熟。② She was half laughing，half crying. 他半笑半哭。③ It is half past four. 现在是4：30了。④ The baby is half asleep. 孩子几乎睡着了。
【链接】包含副词half的几种习惯说法：half and half各占一半；half as many／much...as... ……的半数的；not half非常；极其；一点也不；not half as远远不，几乎不
Section IV 语法
省略：1) 在由and连接的句子中，为避免重复常省略一些重复的词或词组 (1) 省略共同的主语或宾语。如：Mr. Smith picked up a coin in the road and (Mr. Smith) handed it to a policeman. 史密斯先生在路上拾起一枚硬币，并把它交给了警察。(2) 若主语不同而与谓语助动词、情态动词相同，则省略后面的助动词或情态动词。如： Jack must have been playing football and Mary (must have been)doing her homework. 杰克肯定一直在踢足球，玛丽在写作业。(3) 若主语与谓语动词相同，则省略后面的主谓成分。如：His advice made me happy，but (his advice made) Jim angry. 他的建议使我高兴，但使吉姆愤怒。 (4) 若主语不同，但主要动词及后续部分相同，则省略主要动词及后续部分。如：I was born in winter in 1988 and Bob (was born in winter) in 1989. 我出生于1988年冬天，鲍勃是1989年冬天。(5) 省略重复的介词、连词及后续部分。如：He was late because he had overslept and (because he had) missed the train. 他迟到了，因为睡过了头误了火车。
2) 状语从句中的省略：(1) 在when，while，whenever，till，as soon as，if，unless，as if，though，as，whether等引导的状语从句中，若谓语有be，而主语又跟主句主语相同或是it时，则从句的主语和be常被省略。如：① His opinion，whether (it is) right or wrong, would be considered. 他的意见，无论对错，都要考虑。 ② Errors, if (there are) any, should be corrected. 如果有什么错误，就应当改正。(2) 在as，than，however，whatever，no matter what等引导的从句中常省略某些成分。如：① Anyone，no matter who (he is), may point out our shortcomings. 我们的缺点，不管是什么人，谁都可指出来。② After two hours she became quieter (than she had been). 两个小时之后，她安静多了。③ I must get it done whatever the cost (may be). 无论代价如何，我也要把这件事情办好。 ④ I can only do it the way as (I was) told to (do it that way). 我只能按照你的吩咐去做。
(3) 虚拟条件句常省略if，将were，had，should提前构成部分倒装。如：Should there be a flood (=If there should be a flood), what should we do 如果发生了洪水，我们该怎么办
(4) 有些状语从句置于句末，可作句尾省略，有时可省略整个从句。如：① John will go there if my brother will (go). 如果我哥哥去那儿，约翰也去。② I would have come yesterday (if I had wanted to).
3) 定语从句与名词性从句中的省略： (1) 在限制性定语从句中，作定语用的关系代词whom，which that可省略；在以the same…as和such as引出的某些定语从句中，也可省略与主句相同的部分。如：① The girl (who／whom／that) the teacher spoke to is Liu Ying. 老师与其说话的那个女孩是刘英。② I don't like such books as this (is). 我不喜欢这种书。(2)定语从句中的“主语 + 系动词be"可以省略。如：The goods (which were) ordered last month haven't arrived yet. 上月订购的货物还没到达。 (3) 在know，think，consider，suppose，find，believe，say，decide等动词后面所接的宾语从句中，连词that可以省略；若带有多个宾语从句，只有第一个that可省略，其余的不能。如：① I think (that) it will clear up this after-
noon. 我想今天下午天会转晴。② He said (that) the text was very important and that we should learn it by heart. 他说这篇课文非常重要，我们应该背下来。(4) 由which，when，where，how和why引导的宾语从句，可全部或部分省略。如：He will come back, but he doesn't know when (he will come back). 他是要回来的，可是他不知道什么时候回来。(5) 在与suggest，request，order，advise等词相关的名词性从句中，须用虚拟语气形式“should + 动词原形”，should可以省略。如：① The officer ordered that his men (should) fire. 军官命令士兵开火。② It is suggested that we (should) go to see the film．有人建议我们去看电影。
4)复合句中的特殊的省略现象：(1)主语省略多用于句首，在答句中，主句或者一些成分可全部省略。如： ① (It is a) Pity that I didn't go to Mary's birthday party yesterday. 很遗憾，我昨天没去参加玛丽的生日聚会。 ② -- Why were you absent from school last Friday -- (I was absent from school) Because my mother was ill. -- 上周五你为什么没来上学 -- 因为我妈妈病了。 (2)省略一个从句或从句的一部分，可用so或not代替。如： ① -- She may not be free today. -- If so (so = she is not free today), we'll have to report the manager. — 她今天可能没空。— 如果这样，我们得向经理报告。 ② -- Is he feeling better today -- I'm afraid not(not=he isn't feeling better today). -- 今天他感觉好些了吗 -- 没有什么好转。
【注意】常用于此类结构的动词有believe，think，expect，guess，hope，imagine，suppose，say，tell等以及appear，seem，afraid等。
5)动词不定式省略，只保留to的场合：(1) 不定式作某些动词的宾语时，常见动词如like，love，care，hope，wish，expect，prefer，refuse，mean，try，oblige，advice，persuade，agree，want，afford，forget，remember，try，manage，hope 等。如：You can do it this way if you care to. 如果你想做可这么做。(2) 不定式在句中作某些动词后的宾语补足语或主语补足语时，常见动词如ask，tell，advise，force，persuade，wish，allow，permit等。如： She wants to come but her parents won't allow her to. 她想来但她父母不让她来。(3) 不定式在句中作某些形容词的状语时，常见形容词如 happy，glad，eager，anxious，willing，ready 等。如： I think she should get a job, but you can't force her to if she's not ready to. 我认为她应该找项工作做，但如果她不愿意你也不能强求。(4)不定式作某些复合谓语时，常见结构如be able to，be going to，have to，ought to，used to等。如： He doesn't like fish but he used to. 他现在不喜欢吃鱼，但过去喜欢。
【注意】当省略的不定式内容是作助动词用的have或be的任何形式时，to后要保留原形have或be。如： ① He didn't come, but he ought to have. 他没为，但他应该来。② Alice is not what she used to be. 艾丽斯变了。
6)动词不定式符号to的省略：(1) 主语部分有to do，系动词是is或was时，作表语的不定式通常省略to。如： The only thing you have to do is (to) press the button. 你须做的惟一事情是按钮。(2) 作介词but，except，besides的宾语，前面有实义动词do时，常省略不定式符号to。如：Tom had nothing to do besides answer letters this morning. 今天上午汤姆除了复信外什么也没做。(3) 当两个或多个不定式并列时，其后的不定式符号可省略，但有对比关系时则不省略。如：It is easier to make a plan than to carry in out. 制定计划比执行计划容易。(4) 在see，watch，notice，hear，listen to，look at，feel，have，make，1et，leave，observe等词后作宾语补足语时，省略不定式符号to；why (not)do结构中不定式不带to。如： ① Did you notice her enter the room 你发现她进房间了吗 ② Why not join us 为什么不加入到我们行列里来呢
7) 介词的省略：(1) 一些常和动词、名词或形容词一起搭配的介词常省略，而保留其后的动名词，常见句型有：spend／waste time (in) doing，lose no time (in) doing，have difficulty／trouble(in)doing，by busy (in)doing，stop／prevent sb. (from) doing等。如：① The heavy rain prevented him (from) arriving there on time. 大雨使得他没能准时到达那里。② She lost no time (in) giving the patient first aid．她立刻对病人进行急救。(2) 表示时间的介词at，on和in用在next，last，this，these，yesterday，tomorrow，one，any，every，each，some，all等词之前，一般皆省略；表示一段时间状语短语之前的for也可省略。如： ① We go to school every day except Sundays. 除星期天处，我们每天都上学。② We have been here (for) three weeks. 我们这儿已呆了三周了。(3) 表示行为方式的in在in this way，in the same way，in another way等词组中，经常被省略。如： He did it(in)this way．他是这样做的。
8) 会话中的省略：省略在会话中应用广泛，无论是回答别人问题，还是在接别人说话时都会发生，否则就觉得累赘。如：① -- Do you like this shirt -- Yes，(I like this shirt)very much. — 你喜欢这件衬衫吗 — 非常喜欢。② (Come)This way, please. 请这边走。
用心 爱心 专心 115号编辑 14
